Spreadsheet: 8757a41e-8cd9-4461-8f08-172fb3c630e4
Sheet: Sheet1

qty. | isbn | Cluster | authoreditor1_lastname | originators | title | subtitle | series_title | volume_number | edition_number | copyright_year | number_of_arabic_pages | term_cover_type | term_medium | bibliographic_information | springer_reference | price_usd_status | price_usd | term_main_discipline | subject1 | [NAME] | bic_code1 | subject2 | term_subject2 | bic_code2 | term_bookstore | term_product_category | term_publisher_name | delivery_status_ny | pub_date_planned | pub_date_actual_1st_rel_ny | distribution_information | table_of_contents_short | info_text | usp_editorial | term_publication_class | discount_group_ny | ebook_info_no_e_rights | ebook_package | term_ebook_package
 | 978-1-4614-7260-5 | Allergology | [NAME] | [NAME]; Nghia H Pham | Drug Allergy | Clinical Aspects, Diagnosis, Mechanisms, Structure-Activity Relationships |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 849 | Hard cover | Book | XXVI, 849 p. 228 illus., 70 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 259 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH11009 | Allergology | MJCM1 | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The variety of chemically diverse pharmacological agents administered to patients is large and continues to expand and with every new drug released, there is always potential for adverse reactions, some of them allergic. With its roots in immunology and pharmacology, the science of drug allergy is becoming better understood and applied as its importance is increasingly recognized throughout the many branches of medicine.   Drug Allergy: Clinical Aspects, Diagnosis, Mechanisms, Structure-Activity Relationships sheds new light on this field. Comprehensive in design, this authoritative title identifies the most important culprit drugs implicated in immediate and delayed drug hypersensitivities and offers up-to-date information on classifications, diagnoses, underlying mechanisms and structure-activity relationships.  Chapters dealing with the molecular and cellular mechanisms of drug hypersensitivities, non-immune-mediated sensitivities and diagnostic methods are presented as introductory material for in-depth treatises on the β-lactam antibiotics, other antibiotics and antimicrobials, drugs used in anesthesia and surgery, opioid analgesics, corticosteroids, monoclonal antibodies and other biologics, drugs used in chemotherapy, proton pump inhibitors, iodinated and gadolinium-based contrast media and non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs.  In addition to being of immense value to clinicians, other health care professionals and researchers, this title will prove invaluable for those taking undergraduate and graduate courses in science and will also serve as a useful text for students of medicine, pharmacy, nursing and dentistry. | <p>The only book available that covers in a single volume the full range of drugs that provoke true (type 1) drug allergies</p><p></p><p></p><p>Written to appeal to both scientists and medical graduates</p><p></p><p></p><p>Content is relevant to practitioners right across the medical disciplines from surgeons to nurses, pharmacists and dentists</p><p></p><p></p><p>Of value clinically and in both teaching and research</p><p></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5417-2 | Anesthesiology | Alemanno | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Anesthesia of the Upper Limb | A State of the Art Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 285 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 285 p. 144 illus., 138 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB |  |  |  | Anaesthesiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword.- 1.Brachial Plexus Anatomy.- 2.Topographic Anatomy.- 3.Cevical Plexus Anatomy.- 4.The Anesthetic Line.- 5.Neurostimulation.- 6.Supraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block Techniques.- 7.Further Brachial Plexus Anesthesia:The [NAME] Techniques.- 8.The Lateral Approach: Paravertebral Lateral Techniques.- 9.The Middle Interscalene Block or [NAME] Technique.- 10.Ultrasound Guided Interscalene and Supraclavicular Blocks.- 11.Complications of Supraclavicular Techniques.- 12.Infraclavicular Brachial Plexus Block.- 13.Axillary Brachial Plexus Block.- 14.Peripheral Blocks.- 15.Intravenous Regional Anesthesia (IVRA).- 16.Analgo-Sedation during Loco-Regional Anesthesia.- 17.Adjuvants for Postoperative Perineural Analgesia.- 18.Post-Operative Analgesia.- 19.Stellate Ganglion Block. ​ | Loco-regional anesthesia offers evident advantages in almost all branches of surgery since it couples perfect anesthesia with prolonged postoperative analgesia. Furthermore, new drugs and techniques are ensuring constant progress, and in the past decade the advent of ultrasound-guided regional anesthesia has played a key role by allowing direct visualization of all anatomic structures involved in regional blocks. In conjunction with electrostimulation, it has significantly increased the success rate of loco-regional anesthesia.This book, comprising 16 chapters and more than 140 color illustrations, provides detailed coverage of the techniques currently employed in upper limb anesthesia. It opens by reviewing the anatomy of the brachial plexus and the topographic anatomy as it is of the utmost importance for anesthesiologists to have a deep knowledge of anatomy despite the assistance offered by new tools. Subsequently the various techniques, including supraclavicular, infraclavicular, and axillary brachial plexus blocks, peripheral blocks, and intravenous regional anesthesia, are discussed in depth, with due attention to potential complications.  Up-to-date information is also provided on the role of ultrasound, and an entire chapter is devoted to ultrasound-guided interscalene and supraclavicular blocks. The book will be an invaluable learning tool for students and an excellent aid in daily clinical practice for anesthesiologists. | <p>More than 140 full color images, including anatomic drawings </p><p>Detailed analysis of brachial plexus block techniques </p><p>Up-to-date information on ultrasound techniques</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5366-3 | Cardiology | Crea | Filippo Crea; [NAME]; [NAME] | Coronary Microvascular Dysfunction |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 303 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 303 p. 110 illus., 78 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | [NAME] | Angiology | MJD | Cardiology | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Physiology of coronary microcirculation.- 2 Mechanisms of coronary microvascular dysfunction.- 3 Methods to assess coronary microvascular function.- 4 CMD in the absence of myocardial diseases and obstructive CAD.- 5 CMD in myocardial diseases.- 6 CMD in obstructive CAD.- 7 Iatrogenic coronary microvascular dysfunction.- 8 Treatment of primary CMD.- 9 Treatment of CMD in myocardial diseases.- 10 Treatment of CMD in obstructive CAD.- 11 Prevention of iatrogenic CMD. | In the past two decades a number of studies have shown that abnormalities in the function and structure of coronary microcirculation can be detected in several cardiovascular diseases. On the basis of the clinical setting in which it occurs, coronary microvascular dysfunction (CMD) can be classified into four types: CMD in the absence of any other cardiac disease; CMD in myocardial diseases; CMD in obstructive epicardial coronary artery disease; and iatrogenic CMD. In some instances CMD represents an epiphenomenon, whereas in others it represents an important marker of risk or may contribute to the pathogenesis of myocardial ischemia, thus becoming a possible therapeutic target. This book provides an update on coronary physiology and a systematic assessment of microvascular abnormalities in cardiovascular diseases, in the hope that it will assist clinicians in prevention, detection and management of CMD in their everyday activity. | <p>Update on coronary physiology </p><p>Systematic assessment of the role of coronary microvascular dysfunction in cardiovascular diseases </p><p>Topical information on the prevention and treatment of coronary microvascular dysfunction​</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7311-4 | Cardiology | Dieter | [NAME]; [NAME], Jr.; [NAME], III; [NAME] | Endovascular Interventions | A Case-Based Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 1075 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 1075 p. 1392 illus., 364 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Cardiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Basic MRI Principles.- A Brief History of Magnetic Resonance Imaging.- Fundamentals of Magnetic Resonance Imaging.- The Relaxation Concept in MRI.- MRI Pulse Sequences.- MR Imaging Parameters and Options.- Part II: MR Safety, Patient Positioning, Protocol Design, Graphical Prescription and MR Applications for Anatomical Regions.- Introduction to Safe Clinical Scanning.- Central Nervous System: MRI [NAME], Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.- Musculoskeletal Imaging: MRI [NAME], Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.- Body Imaging: MRI [NAME], Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.- Cardiovascular Imaging: MRI [NAME], Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.- Breast  Imaging: MRI [NAME], Imaging Parameters and Graphical Prescriptions.- Further Reading. | Endovascular Interventions uses a case-based approach to present the current methodology used for the treatment of peripheral arterial and venous diseases. Utilizing a series of case studies, the book presents readers with a range of complexities and complications encountered in daily practice, along with tips and tricks for overcoming them. Chapters are organized to give a comprehensive look at conditions involved in endovascular interventions, including intracranial strokes, lower extremity artery disease, access-related pseudoaneurysm, complications of intra-aortic balloon pumps, aortic dissections, and septic arteritis.  Endovascular Interventions: A Case-Based Approach is a practical guide and valuable resource for the practicing interventional cardiologist, interventional radiologist, vascular surgeon and cardiothoracic surgeon. | <p>Provides rich, detailed analysis of procedures </p><p>Includes vivid figures for enhanced education </p><p>Edited and written by field leaders</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-0800-6 | Cardiology | Dixit | [NAME]; [NAME] | Management of Cardiac Arrhythmias for the Clinician |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 140 illus., 40 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | Cardiology | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2013-08-23 00:00:00 |  |  | Palpitations.- Syncope.- Supra-ventricular Arrhythmias.- Overview.- A-V nodal reentrant tachycardia (AVNRT).- Accessory pathway mediated tachyacardia (WPW syndrome).- Atrial tacycardias.- Atrial flutter.- Atrial fibrillation .-Ventricular Arrhythmias.- Overview.- Idiopathic VT (outflow tract, fascicular, etc).- VT in patients with structural heart disease.- Inherited arrhythmia syndromes (Long QT, Brugada, Catecholaminergic VT, etc).- [NAME] and VF .- Sudden Cardiac Arrest.- Overview.- Risk stratification.- Management .- Arrhythmias in Adult Congenital Heart Disease Patients.-Bradyarrhythmias.- Anti Arrhythmic Drug Therapy.- Classification.- Individual drug profile and use.-Cardiac Rhythm Management Devices.- Pacemaker.- Implantable cardioverter-deifibrillator (ICD).- Cardiac resynchronization therapy (CRT) devices.-Common EP Procedures.- Head up tilt test.- Drug infusion study.- Invasive electrophysiologic study (EPS).- Ablation therapy. | Cardiac arrhythmias are often tricky and intimidating for the clinicians (cardiologists, internists), medical trainees (residents & fellows), nurses and technicians while working in out-patient and emergency departments. Authored by electrophysiologists, this text is meant for the clinicians to understand the mechanisms of origin of arrhythmias and their clinical presentation, make accurate diagnosis and select the most appropriate therapeutic interventions. Clinicians can use this guide for quick reference during clinics, ward rounds, and while in transit. Starting with palpitations and syncope, the chapters cover all types of arrhythmias, sudden cardiac death, anti-arrhythmic drugs, rhythm management devices and common electrophysiologic procedures. Supported with numerous tracings, tables, flow charts, and bulleted clinical points, the book enables easier understanding of difficult concepts of arrhythmias, leading to a more rational approach to treatment. Chapter on electrophysiologic procedures covers basic information on the state-of-the-art invasive electrophysiologic study and ablation therapy helping readers understand how to utilize these advances in therapy. | <p>A quick reference guide for clinicians on how to identify and appropriately manage cardiac rhythm disorders in out-patient and emergency settings </p><p>As cardiac arrhythmias can often be intimidating for non-eletrophysiologists, this guide will provide them a concise overview of all varieties of rhythm disorders along with practice pearls for effective management ​ </p><p>Evidence-based current recommendations on medication and electrophysiologic approaches </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5434-9 | Cardiology | Faletra | Francesco Fulvio Faletra | Echocardiography in Mitral Valve Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 155 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 155 p. 122 illus., 104 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Cardiology | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Echocardiographic anatomy of the mitral valve.- 2 Mitral valve insufficiency.- 3 Functional mitral valve insufficiency.- 4 Insufficiency.- 5 Rheumatic mitral stenosis.- 6 The left atrium.- 7 Percutaneous techniques.- 8 Surgical indications and techniques.- References. | This book provides a comprehensive account of the role of echocardiography in patients with mitral valve disease. The normal echocardiographic anatomy of the mitral valve is first presented, and the applications of echocardiography in mitral valve disease are then covered in detail by experts from different subspecialties in cardiology. Topics include etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, assessment of severity, and role of echocardiography in percutaneous and surgical techniques. The highly readable text is supported by a wealth of color images obtained with 3D echocardiography, currently the gold standard for the evaluation of mitral valve disease. The interdisciplinary approach used in describing the diagnostic and therapeutic applications will make this book useful for the clinical cardiologist as well as the echocardiographer. It will allow cardiologists to advance their knowledge in the field and will serve as an excellent updating tool for professionals engaged in echocardiography and cardiac diagnostic imaging. ​ | <p>Highly readable text </p><p>Complete description of the normal echocardiographic anatomy of the mitral valve and the applications of echocardiography in mitral valve disease (etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, percutaneous and surgical techniques), covered in detail by experts from different subspecialties in cardiology </p><p>A wealth of color images obtained with 3D echocardiography​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4221-8 | Cardiology | Hellinger | [NAME] | Pediatric Cardiovascular Computed Tomography Angiography |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 300 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XX, 300p. 230 illus., 180 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | approx. | 219 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | Planned | 2013-09-17 00:00:00 |  |  |  | To ensure that CT angiography (CTA) is appropriately utilized in pediatric patients and exams are performed with appropriate technique to generate ultra-low radiation dose exposure, it is crucial that the imager has strong working knowledge of CT physics and medical science, CTA technical principles and CTA clinical applications, balanced with sound understanding of pediatric cardiovascular anatomy, pathology and pathophysiology. This book will present readers with a single reference to obtain this foundation and reinforce previously obtained skills and knowledge. It will offer a practical review of CT physics and imaging science and also offer guidance on patient preparation, CT acquisition, radiation parameters, contrast use, data transmission and storage, visualization techniques, and interpretation for the wide spectrum of pediatric cardiovascular diseases which may be imaged with CTA.  Chapters will offer tips and tricks to optimize technique and interpretation for CTA. | Chapters written by world recognized leaders in pediatric CTA and pediatric CT physics High quality CT illustrations for normal anatomy and abnormal pathology In depth chapter discussions on CT physics, CTA technique, and CTA protocols, using practical tables   In depth chapter discussions and illustrations of clinical applications of CT Angiography for pediatric cardiovascular disease | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7374-9 | Cardiology | Khandoker | [NAME]; [NAME]; Andreas Voss; [NAME] | Poincaré Plot Methods for Heart Rate Variability Analysis |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 146 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 146 p. 59 illus., 19 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | Cardiology | Monograph | Springer US | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Preface.- Introduction.- [NAME] plot.- Poincare plot interpretation of HRV using Physiological Model.- Poincare plot in capturing nonlinear temporal dynamics of HRV.- Heart rate asymmetry (HRA) analysis using Poincare plot.- Segmented Poincare plot Analysis (SPPA) and Lagged Segmented Poincare Plot Analysis (LSPPA).- Index. | The Poincaré plot (named after [NAME]) is a popular two-dimensional visualization tool for dynamic systems due to its intuitive display of the dynamic properties of a system from a time series.  This book presents the basis of Poincaré plot and focus especially on traditional and new methods for analysing the geometry, temporal and spatial dynamics disclosed by the Poincaré plot to evaluate heart rate variability (HRV).   Mathematical descriptors of Poincaré plot have been developed to quantify the autonomic nervous system activity (sympathetic and parasympathetic modulation of heart rate). Poincaré plot analysis has also been used in various clinical diagnostic settings like diabetes, chronic heart failure, chronic renal failure and sleep apnea syndrome. The primary aims of quantification of the Poincaré plots are to discriminate healthy physiological systems from pathological conditions and to classify the stage of a disease. The HRV analysis by Poincaré plot has opened up ample opportunities for important clinical and research applications.   Therefore, the present book can be used either for self-study, as a supplement to courses in linear and nonlinear systems, or as a modern monograph by researchers in this field of HRV analysis. | Focuses traditional and new methods for analysing the geometry, temporal and spatial dynamics disclosed by the Poincaré plot to evaluate heart rate variability <br><br>Features up-to-date research <br><br>Useful for self-study, as a supplement to courses in linear and nonlinear systems, or as a modern monograph by researchers in this field of HRV analysis | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11642 | Biomedical and Life Sciences
 | 978-1-4471-2797-0 | Cardiology | Min | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Multimodality Imaging for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 449 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XI, 449 p. 292 illus., 232 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD |  |  |  | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Why we need this book.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Implantation: Review of Current Evidence.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: Current Evidence From Large Multicenter Registries.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: An Interventionalist's View.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: A Surgeon’s View.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement (TAVR): A Clinician's Perspective Aortic Stenosis: Natural and Unnatural (Treated) History.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: What the near-term future holds and what evidence is  needed?.- Structural Design of Transcatheter Aortic Valves: General [NAME] to Imaging.- Native and Prosthetic Valve Stenosis.- Low-Flow and Low Gradient Aortic Stenosis: Consideration in the Context of TAVR.- Pathologic Findings  in Aortic Stenosis.- Echocardiographic Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis.- CT Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis.- MRI Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis.- Positron Emission Tomography Evaluation of Aortic Stenosis.- Coronary Artery Disease and Aortic Stenosis.- Common Cardiac Pathologies Associated with Aortic Stenosis.- Extravascular and [NAME] on MDCT for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Planning.- Transcatheter aortic valve replacement in patients with Chronic Kidney Disease: Pre-procedural assessment and procedural techniques to minimize risk for acute kidney injury.- Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement and Adverse Cerebrovascular Events.- Aortoiliofemoral assessment: MDCT.- Aortoiliofemoral assessment: MRA.- Aortoiliofemoral Angiography and IVUS.- Aortic Annular Geometry and Sizing: Echocardiography.- Aortic Annular Geometry and Sizing: [NAME] prediction for TAVR: CT.- Use of Multidetector Computed Tomography for Planning Transcatheter Aortic Valve Sizing.- Imaging for transfemoral versus transapical approaches to TAVR: What differences are important?.- Common Uses of Echocardiography for TAVR.- Angiography and rotational angiography for TAVR.- Fusion Imaging for TAVR.- Valve-in-valve for Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement: do imaging requirements change.- Intraprocedural Use of Echocardiography for TAVR.- Complications of TAVR.- Case-Based Examples of Complications Associated with Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement.- Structural and Hemodynamic Integrity of the Implanted TAVR Valve.- How can imaging pre-clinical models help us with TAVR?.- What future studies are needed for TAVR imaging? | This book is  ideal for cardiovascular imagers of all backgrounds as well as proceduralists (surgeons and interventional cardiologists) performing TAVR. This text is also of value for the physicians and nurses involved in the care of these patients, and for fellows-in-training. This practical text brings together guidance on using multi-modality imaging in one book and highlights its usage with a focus on patient care. Pre-procedural, Intra-procedural and Long-term follow up), this review offers expert opinion and evidence-based guidance on how to incorporate the various imaging modalities at each step in the care of a TAVR patient. Although much has been learned in the short span of time since TAVR was introduced into the field, our book will also offer recommendations for clinically-relevant research areas that will lead to best practice strategies for incorporating multi-modality imaging into TAVR patient care. | <p>Provides a comprehensive stepwise approach to the integration of modern imaging for TAVR </p><p>Provides an in-depth insight of areas of ongoing research with up to date reviews of the current evidence and data</p><p>Offers proceduralist’s perspectives on the TAVR procedure, the current role of imaging, and future needs</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-84800-061-2 | Cardiology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] for Congenital Heart Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 588 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XX, 588 p. 553 illus., 482 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33037 | Cardiology | MJD | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Cardiology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Science of Ultrasound and Echocardiography.- Instrumentation.- Indications and Guidelines for Performance of Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease and Pediatric Acquired Heart Disease.- Structural Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography.- Functional Evaluation of the Heart by Transesophageal Echocardiography.- Systemic and Pulmonary Venous Anomalies.- Atrial Abnormalities and Atrial Septal Defects.- Atrioventricular Septal Defects and Atrioventricular Valve Anomalies.- Ventricular Septal Defects.- Evaluation of the Single Ventricle.- Outflow Tract Anomalies.- Evaluation of Conotruncal Abnormalities.- Great Artery and Other Vascular Abnormalities.- Congenital Coronary Artery Anomalies.- Intraoperative and Postoperative Transesophageal Echocardiography in [NAME] Disease.- Additional Applications of Transesophageal Echocardiography.- Applications of [NAME] in the Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory.- Transesophageal Echocardiography in Adults with [NAME] Disease.- Transesophageal Three-Dimensional Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease.- Clinical Applications of Three-Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiography in Congenital Heart Disease. | [NAME] for Congenital Heart Disease represents a unique contribution as the only contemporary reference to focus exclusively on the clinical applications of transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) in congenital heart disease (CHD). Written by numerous prominent specialists and renowned leaders in the field, it presents a comprehensive, modern, and integrated review of the subject in light of the cumulative experience and most recent advances in the technology. Topics related to CHD include: (1) physics and instrumentation of TEE, particularly as they apply to the structural evaluation; (2) specialized aspects of the examination, with emphases on technical considerations pertinent to both pediatric and adult patients with congenital cardiovascular pathology; (3) segmental approach to diagnosis and functional assessment; (4) extensive discussion of the TEE evaluation of the many anomalies encompassing the CHD spectrum; (5) use of the imaging modality in the perioperative and interventional settings; and (6) important aspects of 3D TEE evaluation. Richly illustrated by more than 700 figures/illustrations and 400 videos, this textbook will serve as an indispensable resource for all who use TEE in the care of both children and adults with CHD, from the novice to the expert. | <p><p>Only textbook devoted solely to all aspects of CHD evaluation by TEE </p><p>Provides succinct but highly instructive textual material </p><p>Illustrated by numerous pictorial examples</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7314-5 | Clinical Nutrition | Preedy | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Diet Quality | An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 2 | Nutrition and Health |  | 1 | 2013 | 416 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIII, 416 p. 65 illus., 44 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33140 | Clinical Nutrition | MBNH3 | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | <br />The association between diet quality and weight change in adults over time: A systematic review of prospective cohort studies.- Diet quality and cerebral infarction: South Korean aspects.- Diet quality and breast cancer risk.- Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease in Adults: The Impact of Diet and Other Therapeutic Interventions on Clinical and Histologic Outcomes.- C-reactive protein and diet quality in children.- Family Meals and Diet Quality.- The Influence of Motivations to Eat on Weight Status and Diet Quality.- The Role of Food Reinforcement in Food Selection, Energy Intake, and Diet Quality.- Breakfast, Ready-to-Eat Cereal, and Diet Quality.- Fast Food Consumption: Its Association with Food Prices and Dietary Quality.- The German food pyramid.- Diet quality in the context of the Nordic diet.- Dietary Guidelines for Americans: a Brief History.- Awareness of United States Federal Dietary Guidance and Its Association with Dietary Quality.- Food Choices and [NAME] in Hispanic Adults.- Puerto Rican guidelines on food and diet quality.- Dietary acculturation and diet quality among the Arab minority population in Israel.- Diet quality in developing countries.- Dietary quality and the nutrition transition in sub-Saharan Africa.- Diet quality in peri-urban settlements: South African aspects.- The “Diet Quality Index” and its applications.- Diet quality assessed with the “Framingham Nutritional Risk Score”.- The Overall Nutritional Quality Index (ONQI™): Derivation, Validation, & Application.- Mediterranean diet quality index and albuminuria levels and relationship between other physiological variables.- Diet Quality and Use of a Personal Digital Assistant: Transitioning from the standard paper diary to electronic diaries.- A systematic review of peer-reviewed studies on diet quality indexes applied to old age: A multitude of predictors of diet [NAME] of Indicators for the Nutritional Quality of Marketing and Food Environment: Product Quality, Availability, Affordability, and Promotion.- Diet quality: What more is there to know?. | Diet quality is a broad term that encapsulates both perceived and actual practices, personal preferences and cultural diversity. Measuring dietary quality can be problematic and includes investigating food types, the number or size of portions or their frequency. Diet quality may also be related to the type of food being ingested, snacking and other eating habits. Manufactured beverages and fast food may also be included as well as microbiological quality and attempts to improve single food items such as meats or vegetables. In this book, Diet Quality: An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 2 all of the major facets of diet quality in relation to health outcomes are covered. This important new text includes methods for determining diet quality while adopting a holistic approach to impart information on the major areas of concern or knowledge. Chapters link in measurable indices of health such as obesity, pregnancy outcomes, cancer and cancer outcomes, and mortality. This book represents a diverse set of subject matters and seeks to fill a gap in the literature at a time when there is an increasing awareness that well being is associated with the qualitative nature of diets.  Contributors are authors of international and national standing and emerging fields of science are incorporated. Diet Quality: An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 2 is a useful new text designed for nutritionists, dietitians, clinicians, epidemiologist, policy makers and health care professionals of various disciplines. | <p>Emerging fields of science and important discoveries are incorporated </p><p>Contributors are authors of international and national standing </p><p>Covers all major facets of diet quality</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7338-1 | Clinical Nutrition | Preedy | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Diet Quality | An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 1 | Nutrition and Health |  | 1 | 2013 | 325 | Hard cover | Book | XXX, 325 p. 43 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33140 | Clinical Nutrition | MBNH3 | [NAME] | Nutrition | PSB | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Diet Quality: setting the scene.- Food Intake and Food Preference.- An evidence-based approach to the nutritional quality of home meals: Exploring emotional reinforcement and attachment style as underlying mechanisms.- Diet Quality and its Potential Cost Savings.- Reproduction, Pregnancy and Women: Diet quality and [NAME] diet quality and pregnancy outcomes.- Diet quality in pregnancy: a focus on requirements and the protective effects of the Mediterranean Diet.- Maternal dietary counseling and children’s diet quality.- Diet quality, micronutrient intakes and economic vulnerability of women.- Interventions to improve dietary quality in children.- Free fruit for school children to improve food [NAME] quality in childhood: impact on growth.- Diet Quality, in relation to TV viewing and Video Games playing.- Parental Perceptions and childhood dietary quality: who holds the reigns?.- Convenience foods and dietary quality in children.- Nutritional education of Secondary Education students and diet quality.- Diet Quality and Older Adults: Special Considerations.- Mediterranean Diet and Dietary Sodium Intake.- Nutritional Quality of Foods: Sweet Potato.- Cooking and diet quality: a focus on meat.- The quality of orange [NAME] and Diet. | Diet quality is a broad term that encapsulates both perceived and actual practices, personal preferences and cultural diversity. Measuring dietary quality can be problematic and includes investigating food types, the number or size of portions or their frequency. Diet quality may also be related to the type of food being ingested, snacking and other eating habits. Manufactured beverages and fast food may also be included as well as microbiological quality and attempts to improve single food items such as meats or vegetables. In this book, Diet Quality: An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 1 all of the major facets of diet quality in relation to health outcomes are covered. This important new text includes methods for determining diet quality while adopting a holistic approach to impart information on the major areas of concern or knowledge. Chapters link in measurable indices of health such as obesity, pregnancy outcomes, cancer and cancer outcomes, and mortality. This book represents a diverse set of subject matters and seeks to fill a gap in the literature at a time when there is an increasing awareness that well being is associated with the qualitative nature of diets.  Contributors are authors of international and national standing and emerging fields of science are incorporated. Diet Quality: An Evidence-Based Approach, Volume 1 is a useful new text designed for nutritionists, dietitians, clinicians, epidemiologist, policy makers and health care professionals of various disciplines. | <p>Emerging fields of science and important discoveries are incorporated </p><p>Contributors are authors of international and national standing </p><p>Covers all major facets of diet quality</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-84882-412-6 | Colorectal Surgery | Zbar | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and Perineum |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 606 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XXIII, 606 p. 236 illus., 116 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59036 | Colorectal Surgery | MNG | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer London | Available | 2013-03-31 00:00:00 | 2013-02-28 00:00:00 |  | 1. The Role of Conventional Radiography.- 2. Defaecography.- 3. Endoluminal Endosonography (Including 3D).- 4. Magnetic Resonance Imaging of Anorectal Diseases.- 5. Endoscopic Evaluation in Colorectal Re-operation.- 6. Manometry, Compliance Assessment, and Neurophysiologic Testing in the Reoperative Case.- 7. Vector Volume Manometry and Neurophysiologic Assessment in the Reoperative Case:  Recommendations.- 8. Surgical Aspects of Rectal Reconstruction – Alternatives in the Ultralow Anastomosis.- 9. Neorectal Reservoirs and Their Revision.- 10. Reconstructing the Irradiated Rectum.- 11. Resection of Recurrent Rectal Cancer.- 12. Exenterative Surgery and Reconstruction.- 13. [NAME] after a [NAME] Approach.- 14. Troubleshooting the Difficult Laparoscopic Case.- 15. Considerations in the Robotic Case.- 16. Total Anorectal Reconstruction.- 17. Medical Management of Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia.- 18. Salvage Surgery of Recurrent Anal Cancer.- 19. [NAME] in Inflammatory Bowel Disease.- 20. Surgical Considerations in Reoperative Pouch-Anal Anastomosis.- 21. [NAME] in [NAME] Disease.- 22. Managing Perianal Crohn’s Disease.- 23. Surgery for the Failed Ileorectal or Caecorectal Anastomosis in Chronic Constipation.- 24. The Malone Procedure and its Variants.- 25. Managing the Megarectum.- 26. [NAME] Repair.- 27. Troubleshooting the Starr Procedure.- 28. Rectocele and [NAME]: The Gynecologist’s Perspective.- 29. Repeat Sphincteroplasty.- 30. The Failed Dynamic Graciloplasty.- 31. Troubleshooting Problems after Artificial Bowel Sphincter Implantation.- 32. Surgical Alternatives in Anal Sphincter Reconstruction.- 33. Approaches to Internal Anal Sphincter Augmentation.- 34. [NAME] and Novel Technologies for Fecal Incontinence.- 35. The Problematic Sacral Neuromodulation.- 36. Reoperation in Recurrent Complex Anal Fistula.- 37. Managing Adult Anterior Anus and Anovestibular Fistula.- 38. [NAME] for Rectovaginal Fistula.- 39. Management of Rectourethral Fistula.- 40. [NAME] for Recurrent Anal Fissure.- 41. Anal Canal Resurfacing in Anal Stenosis.- 42. Perineal Resurfacing and Reconstruction.- 43. Stomal Revision, Resiting, and Closure.- 44. [NAME] Hernia.- 45. Problems in Hartmann’s Reconstruction.- 46. [NAME] for the Complicated Pediatric Stoma.- 47. Anesthetic Considerations in Reoperative Colorectal and Anal Surgery: The Role of an Enhanced Recovery Program.- 48. Reoperation in Complicated Diverticular Disease.- 49. Surgical Considerations in Anastomotic Dehiscence.- 50. Retrorectal Tumors.- 51. Approaches to Failed Rectal Prolapse Surgery.- 52. Managing Recurrent Pilonidal Disease.- 53. Surgical Considerations in Colorectal Endometriosis.- 54. Medicolegal Aspects of Reoperative and Reconstructive Rectal, Anal and Perineal Surgery. | [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and [NAME] provides the reader with a didactic discussion of complex problems which require re-operative surgery; including details of preoperative investigation, postoperative follow-up and a detailed operative approach. This comprehensive and detailed text uses a formulated algorithm approach to these complicated cases using operative photographs and composite explanatory line drawings which complement ‘how-to’ guides in describing the operative technical tips and pitfalls from experienced commentators. [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and [NAME], is written by leading world experts in the field of colorectal surgery and is a valuable and timely resource for colorectal surgeons and colorectal trainees alike. In addition, general surgeons will be interested in the specialist nature of dealing with difficult colorectal complications dealt with in this unique textbook. [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and [NAME], is written by leading world experts in the field of colorectal surgery and is a valuable and timely resource for colorectal surgeons and colorectal trainees alike. In addition, general surgeons will be interested in the specialist nature of dealing with difficult colorectal complications dealt with in this unique textbook. This comprehensive and detailed text uses a formulated algorithm approach to these complicated cases using operative photographs and composite explanatory line drawings which complement ‘how-to’ guides in describing the operative technical tips and pitfalls from experienced commentators. [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and [NAME], is written by leading world experts in the field of colorectal surgery and is a valuable and timely resource for colorectal surgeons and colorectal trainees alike. In addition, general surgeons will be interested in the specialist nature of dealing with difficult colorectal complications dealt with in this unique textbook. [NAME] of the Rectum, Anus and [NAME], is written by leading world experts in the field of colorectal surgery and is a valuable and timely resource for colorectal surgeons and colorectal trainees alike. In addition, general surgeons will be interested in the specialist nature of dealing with difficult colorectal complications dealt with in this unique textbook. |  | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0410-1 | Dermatology | Lipsker | [NAME] | Clinical Examination and Differential Diagnosis of Skin Lesions |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 235 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 235 p. 500 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK |  |  |  | Dermatology | [NAME] | Springer Paris | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | SEMIOLOGY.- Physical examination and the approach to dermatology.- Dermatological physical examination: basic lesions.- Flat lesions.- Palpable and solid lesions.- Liquid lesions.- Abnormalities in skin thickness and consistency.- Abnormalities affecting the skin surface.- Other signs.- Configuration and arrangement.- Distribution.- Synopsis.- NOSOLOGY.- Prevalent dermatoses.- Tumors and tumorous lesions.- Dermatological signs of medical emergencies.- Cutaneous expression of internal diseases.- DIFFERENTIAL DIAGNOSIS.- Hypopigmented or leukodermic lesions.- Hyperpigmented lesions.- Erythematous macules-erythema.- Erythema with a specific topography.- Exanthems.- Erythroderma.- Livedo.- Purpura.- Telangiectasias.- Yellow, orange and green macules.- Dermoepidermal, lipoatrophic and lipodystrophic atrophy.- Poikiloderma.- Vesicles and [NAME] Pustules.- Palpable lesions – general remarks.- Palpable lesions with the same color as the skin.- [NAME], black, blue or gray palpable lesions.- White palpable lesions.- Yellow palpable lesions.- Palpable erythematous lesions.- Follicular papules and pillar keratosis.- Palpable lesions with a specific topography.-  Palmoplantar keratodermas.- Intricate papular lesions.- Cutaneous sclerosis.- Shedding of skin.- Erosion and ulceration.- Necrosis. | Conceived as a guide for practitioners in their work in dermatology, this book is unique in its approach. From cutaneous signs to the richness of differential diagnosis, it guides practitioners through every step, from semiological analysis to diagnosis. The aim is to provide readers with the essentials of relevant dermatological reasoning. The first part of the book focuses on physical examination and on recognizing basic lesions, the practitioner’s building blocks. The diseases requiring understanding are then described in the form of a richly illustrated atlas, in which each diagram has been chosen as an exemplary educational tool. In the final part, differential diagnosis is proposed in the form of various tables summarizing the different cutaneous signs, providing readers with a complete toolkit to assist with diagnosis. This book will give trainee dermatologists, general physicians and internists the knowledge they need to identify basic lesions and a complete and detailed overview of the various diseases they are likely to encounter. At the same time, experienced dermatologists will find this book a valuable reference work for differential diagnosis. | <p>This is a comprehensive and richly illustrated guide aimed to help physicians recognizing skin lesions and establishing a differential diagnosis</p><p>The book is of interest to both the medical student, who will find precise definitions and illustrations of elementary skin lesions, and to the experienced dermatologists who will find extensive differential diagnoses</p><p>General practitioners, internists and paediatrician will find in this book an invaluable companion when confronted to patients with skin rashes​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37310-7 | Dermatology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Histological Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 750 | Hard cover | Book | 750 p. 1800 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | Dermatology | [NAME] | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Criteria for the Diagnosis of Benign Melanocytic Nevus.- Melanocytic Hyperplasia.- Melanotic Macules.- “Commonon” Nevus.- Congenital Nevus.- Junctional Anomalies in Congenital and [NAME] in the First Year of Life.- Proliferative Nodules in Congenital Nevi.- Nevus Spilus.- Dermal Melanocytoses.- “Common “Blue Nevus.- “Cellular” Blue Nevus.- SPITZ Nevus.- Reed Nevus.- Deep Penetrating Nevus.- Dysplastic & Clarks’s Nevus.- Combinedin Nevus.- Nevi on Acral Skin.- [NAME] on Genital Skin.- [NAME] in the Oral Cavity.- Polypoid Nevus of Pregnancy and Milk Line Nevi.- Nevi OF the Conjunctiva.- Melanocytic Nevi Affected by inflammatory Skin Dideases.- Halo Nevus.- Recurrent and Persistent Nevus.- Traumatised Nevi.- Benign Melanocytoma.- Medicolegal Cases.-  Criteria for the Diagnosis OF Malignant Melanoma.- Melanoma in situ.- Lentigo Maligna.- Superficial Spreading Pattern of Melanoma.- Nodular Pattern of Melanoma.- Melanoma with Spindle Cell.- [NAME] Melanoma.-  Desmoplastic Melanoma.- Neurotropic Melanoma.- Melanoma with Neural Differentiaton.- Myxoid Melanoma.- Melanoma with Features of Blue Nevus.- Animal Type Melanoma.- Melanoma on Blue Nevus.- Unusual and Bizarre forms of Melanoma.- Melanoma on Nevus.- Melanoma on Palms, Soles and Subungual Bed.- Melanoma on Genital Skin.- Melanoma on Oral Cavity.- Melanoma on Conjunctiva.- Recurrent and Persistent Melanoma.- Regressing and [NAME] in the Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma.- Histological Prognostic Factors. | The interpretation of melanocytic tumors represents probably the most difficult task in the field of dermatopathology. The second edition of this text and atlas depicts a broad range of the most important and most challenging melanocytic lesions. Each individual case is illustrated with at least three high-quality color photographs and is commented on at length, highlighting the diagnostic clues. The goal of the authors is to assist the ordinary pathologist in making a precise workable diagnosis in their daily practice. They achieve this by providing simple criteria that will serve as a sound basis for an unequivocal diagnosis of either a benign or a malignant melanocytic neoplasm. The reader will find Histological Diagnosis of Nevi and Melanoma to be an invaluable guide to correct diagnosis even in difficult or rare cases. | <p>Practical guide to the histological diagnosis of nevi and melanoma </p><p>Contains numerous high-quality color photographs </p><p>Provides sets of precise diagnostic criteria </p><p>Will help the reader to make the right diagnosis even in difficult or rare cases</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-57-9 | Diabetes | Evans | [NAME]; [NAME] | Managing Diabetes |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 126 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 126 p. 42 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33045 | Diabetes | MJGD | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | Internal Medicine | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Management strategies for diabetes.- Insulin therapies.- Non-insulin agents for diabetes.- New and future [NAME] the complications of diabetes | Managing Diabetes is a up-to-date, comprehensive showcase of the current pharmaceutical trends in treating diabetes and provides a unbiased, inclusive discussion of current and emerging treatments by well-known experts in the field. | <p>The concise yet comprehensive pocket book size makes this book an ideal clinical resource for busy health professionals</p><p>Provides an overview of diagnostic and management options, including the most recent WHO disease classifications and criteria</p><p>Recently updated to include the 2012 ADA/EASD guidelines</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7036-6 | Emergency Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in Emergency Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 133 | Soft cover | Book | X, 133 p. 36 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 24.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | Emergency Medicine | Manual | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. ACLS.- 2. Intubation, Airway, and Mechanical Ventilation.- 3. Sepsis and Resuscitation.- 4. Pulmonary Decision Rules and COPD.- 5. Fluid and Electrolytes.- 6. Neurology.- 7. Trauma and ATLS.- 8. Head CT Decision Rules and Intracranial Hemorrhage.- 9. Cervical Spine Injury and Decision Rules.- 10. CXR Interpretation.- 11. Orthopedics and Decision Rules.- 12. Cardiology.- 13. GI Bleeding/Hemorrhage.- 14. Hematology.- 15. Toxicology.- 16. Ultrasound and Pregnancy.- 17. The Red Eye.- 18. Pediatrics.- 19. Head and Neck.- 20. Statistics.- 21. Infusions, Pressors, and RSI. | For important information you need to know, but can’t remember, turn to QUICK HITS IN EMERGENCY MEDICINE.  This practical, short compendium contains the key decision-rules, clinical values, mnemonics, and dosages that you need at your finger tips in the ED.   It covers everything from acute coronary syndrome and ACLS, to electrolyte equations and hyperkalemia, to ventilator settings by disease to [NAME]'s syndrome.  Information on each topic is limited to a single page and presented in easily digested formats such as tables, algorithms, bulleted lists, and clinical illustrations. | <p>Essential but hard to remember information   </p><p>Evidence-based help for clinical decision-making   </p><p>Designed for quick-look-up   </p><p>Supports patient safety and improved quality of care​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5228-6 | Emergency Medicine | MacGarty | [NAME]; [NAME] | Disaster Medicine | A Case Based Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 390 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 390 p. 68 illus., 63 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 39.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | Emergency Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer London | Planned | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Disaster Response.- Immediate Response to Disasters.- Priorities in Post-Disaster Management.- Refugee Camps.- Complex Emergencies.- Security for the Humanitarian Worker.- Part 2: Global Players.- Global Development: Millennium Development Goals.- Non-governmental Organisations and Aid.- Developing Healthcare Systems.- International Aid.- Future of Global Health.- Part 3: Trauma and Surgery.- Pre-Hospital Care.- Mass Casualty Incident.- Military Trauma.- Tropical Surgery.- Surgery in Austere Environments.- Part 4: Tropical Medicine.- Polio & Vaccination Campaigns.- Malaria in Children.- Cholera: An Infectious Waterborne Disease.- HIV/AIDS.- Blinding Eye Diseases.- Part 5: Public Health.- Malnutrition.- Sexual & Reproductive Health.- Maternal and Neonatal health.- Mental Health Following Armed Conflict.- The Global Crisis in Non-Communicable Disease. | Whether switching on the TV, picking up a newspaper or simply logging on to the internet, one is constantly faced with images of natural disasters, conflict and human suffering. Humanity has experienced these problems throughout time and we have evolved methods and mechanisms for alleviating suffering, from trauma care following a traffic accident to international pacts and the Millennium Development Goals. In exploring such diverse cases of aid intervention, Disaster Medicine: A Case Based Approach provides interesting, easily accessible content and context for understanding disaster medicine and global health. In each case the reader will be put in the position of the decision maker and as in real life some of the cases will portray success and some will show failure. It is hoped the reader will consider the issues and problems for themselves and perhaps consider things they would choose to do differently. Written by a team of experts with extensive experience in the field and a progressive perspective Disaster Medicine: A Case Based Approach is a valuable text for students and professionals of disaster medicine. | <p>A case based approach supplies context and narrative which makes the information accessible and interesting </p><p> </p><p>Cases progress in the sequence Problem, Chosen Intervention, Outcome of Intervention which allows students to consider their own decisions in difficult scenarios and how they might do things differently </p><p> </p><p>A list of Learning Outcomes is included for each case which guides students towards the key points in each case and helps them revise </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1495-7 | Emergency Services | Esquinas | [NAME] | Noninvasive Ventilation in High-Risk Infections and Mass Casualty Events |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 364 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 364 p. 32 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH22019 | Emergency Services | MMK | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | Emergency Medicine | Professional book | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I.- NIV and high-risk airborne infections.- Section 1.- History and epidemiology.- Section 2.- Physiopathology.- Section 3.- Ventilatory strategies during ARF in high-risk infections.- Section 4.- Noninvasive mechanical clinical experience.- Part II. NIV in mass casualty incidents.- Section 5.- Rationale of ARF treatments in mass casualties.- Section 6.- Mass casualties, biological etiology.- Section 7.- Biological mass casualties, biological etiology.- Section 8.- Hospital organizations guidelines. Clinical and health organizations perspectives.- Section 9.- Model health systems in ARF assistance.- Section 10.- Health organisations guidelines. Clinical and health organizations perspectives.- Section 11.- Future research.​ | The past few decades have seen major impacts of different pandemics and mass casualty events on health resource use in terms of rising healthcare costs and increased mortality. In this context, the development of acute respiratory failure in patients requires the use of mechanical ventilation, either invasive or noninvasive. Recently, noninvasive ventilation (NIV) has proved to be a valuable strategy to reduce mortality rates in patients. This is the first book to describe the clinical indications of NIV in patients who have been hospitalized with high-risk infections as well as in the prehospital management of mass casualty incidents, including chemical or biological disasters and pandemics. Compiled by internationally respected experts, it offers comprehensive coverage of all aspects of noninvasive mechanical ventilation in public health emergencies, such as equipment needs and guidelines for health organizations. Considering recent events (SARS, H1N1 influenza pandemic), the book concludes with a critical review of current studies and future prospects for the use of NIV, offering a valuable resource for all practitioners managing mass casualty incidents and disasters. | <p>First comprehensive book devoted to the topic of NIV in high-risk infections and mass casualty situations</p><p>With contributions by international experts</p><p>State-of-the-art contents ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7553-8 | Endocrinology | Jenkins | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] in Diabetes Mellitus |  | Contemporary Diabetes |  | 1 | 2014 | 1022 | Hard cover | Book | X, 1022 p. 100 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33053 | Endocrinology | MJG | [NAME] | Angiology | MJD | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Laboratory Assessment of [NAME] in Diabetes.- [NAME] and Cardiovascular Disease Risk in Insulin Resistance Diabetes.-  [NAME] and Atherosclerosis.-  Apoproteins and Cell Surface Receptors Regulating Lipoprotein Metabolism in the Setting of Type 2 Diabetes.- [NAME] and Alterations induced by insulin resistance and diabetes.- Production and Metabolism of Triglyceride-Rich Lipoproteins in both the Normal and Diabetic States.- [NAME]): Structure, Metabolism and Pathophysiology.- [NAME] in Diabetes Mellitus.-Lipoprotein (LDL and  HDL) Oxidation in Diabetes Mellitus.- The Role of Modified Forms of LDL and Corresponding Autoantibodies in the Development of Complications in Diabetes.- Lipid – Extracellular Matrix Interactions as Therapeutic Targets in the Atherosclerosis of Diabetes.- [NAME] for Assessing Lipoprotein Metabolism in Diabetes Mellitus.- Endothelial Dysfunction and Dyslipidaemia in Type 2 Diabetes: Pathogenesis, [NAME] and Therapy.- [NAME] and Diabetic Nephropathy.- Roles of Extravasated and [NAME] in Diabetic Retinopathy.- Effects of Lifestyle (Diet, Plant Sterols, Excercise) and Glycemic Control on Lipoporteins in Diabetes.- About Randomised Clinical Trials Related to [NAME] in Diabetes Mellitus.- Statin Therapy: Impact on Dyslipidemia and Cardiovascular Events in Diabetic Patients.- The PPAR System in Diabetes.- [NAME]: Impact on Dyslipidemia and Cardiovascular Events in Diabetic Patients.- Niacin Therapy: Impact on Dyslipidemia and Cardiovascular Events in Diabetic Patients.- Cholesterol Absorption Inhibitors (Ezetimibe) and Bile Acid Binding Resins ([NAME] HCl) as Therapy for Dyslipidemia in Patients with Diabetes Mellitus.- Emerging Lipoprotein-Related Therapeutics for Patients with Diabetes. | Diabetes mellitus has become epidemic on a global scale, and millions of new cases are diagnosed every year. The epidemic of diabetes mellitus is expected to result in one of the steepest rises in human morbidity and mortality ever observed outside of wartime. [NAME] resistance is a hallmark of pre-diabetes and type 2 diabetes mellitus, and is characterized by impaired insulin-signaling transduction.  Authoritative and comprehensive, [NAME] in Diabetes Mellitus details the many changes wrought by insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus on lipid and lipoprotein metabolism. The book begins by summarizing the various techniques to measure lipoproteins and their subclasses. The mechanisms by which insulin resistance and diabetes mellitus increase risk for atherosclerosis, diabetic retinopathy, and diabetic nephropathy are then explored in detail. Finally, the effects of  lifestyle modification and the results of clinical trials using established and investigational drugs are discussed.  An invaluable contribution to the literature, [NAME] in Diabetes Mellitus is a comprehensive reference on the clinical and scientific aspects of lipoproteins in diabetes. It will have a long-lasting and significant effect on the medical management of people with diabetes. | <p>Authored by internationally well-respected scientists in the field </p><p>Arranged into two sections to readily access the required information </p><p>Describes and discusses recent major diabetes and lipid related clinical trials </p><p>Includes tables and figures to highlight major points</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7463-0 | Epidemiology | Kawachi | [NAME]; [NAME]; S.V. Subramanian | Global Perspectives on Social Capital and Health |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 349 | Hard cover | Book | X, 349 p. 55 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | SCW12022 | Econometrics | KCH | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1.Introduction.-Chapter 2.Workplace Social Capital and Health.- Chapter 3.Social Capital in Schools.-Chapter 4.Causal Inference in Social Capital Research.-Chapter 5.Contextual Determinants of Community Social Capital.-Chapter 6.Neighborhood Social Capital and Crime.-Chapter 7.Disaster, Social Capital, and Health.-Chapter 8.Advancing Social Capital Interventions from a Network and Population Health Perspective.-Chapter 9.Social Capital Interventions to Promote Healthy Aging.-Chapter 10.Microfinance and Health.-Chapter 11.The Social Capital of Welfare States and Its Significance for Population Health.-Chapter 12.Social Capital, Social Policy and Health Disparities: A Legacy of Political Advocacy in African American Communities.-Chapter 13.What’s Wrong with Social Capital? Critiques from Social Science.- | This book is a follow up to Social Capital and Health (2008), edited by Kawachi, Subramanian & Kim. Global Perspectives on Social Capital and Health provides a timely update on emerging topics in a fast-growing field, and features contributions from an outstanding international team of scholars, selected from a diverse range of disciplinary backgrounds including: social epidemiology, medical geography, social psychology, social welfare and gerontology, pediatrics, political science, economics, and medical sociology. The book is organized in three parts: Part 1. Emerging directions in social capital research. This section highlights novel directions in social capital research. These include: a) novel settings for conducting research on social capital (workplaces, schools), b) new approaches for causal inference in social capital (instrumental variable analysis, twin fixed effects designs); c) cutting-edge directions for social capital research, including studies of the origins of community social capital, the use of social network analysis to investigate social capital, and novel methods for investigating the link between social capital and crime. Part 2. Social capital and health policy. The three chapters in this section highlight implications of social capital for interventions and health policy. Part 3. Social capital and health in global perspective The four chapters in this section look at research on social capital and health from a global perspective. The authors summarize the empirical studies on social capital and health conducted in each country/region, or each population group; discuss how the concept of social capital “translates” across different cultures; and identify challenges and future directions for research. | <p>A companion volume to Social Capital and Health (edited by Kawachi, Subramanian, and Kim)</p><p>Covers cutting edge issues in social capital research, including the use of novel approaches (e.g. geo-spatial analysis, social network methods) to elucidate the linkages between social capital and population health</p><p>Provides an up-to-date survey of social capital research being conducted in the global context, spanning Asia, Latin America, and Sub-Saharan Africa</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39117-0 | Gastroenterology | Gottlieb | [NAME]; [NAME] | Diagnostic Endosonography | A Case-based Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 318 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 318 p. 549 illus., 340 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Topics and Anatomy.- Esophagus.- Mediastinum.- Stomach.- Duodenum.- Gallbladder.- Liver and Bile Ducts.- Peritoneum and Retroperitoneum.- Pancreas.- Celiac Vessels.- Spleen and Adrenals.- Colon, Rectum and Anus. | The available textbooks on endoscopic ultrasound (EUS) typically focus on technique and interpretation of commonly observed images and scenarios and are aimed primarily at trainees. However, independent practitioners of EUS are often challenged by unusual cases which they are expected to handle competently despite the absence of authoritative guidance. The Diagnostic Endosonography aims to fill this gap by presenting carefully selected cases that will expand the practitioner’s knowledge base and cover important clinical challenges. The case material is organized principally according to anatomic site. Approximately 170 case reports are included, each of which is accompanied by an average of three to five high-quality EUS images; in addition, CT and PET scans are shown when appropriate. For each case, the case description is followed by helpful “teaching points” as well as up-to-date literature references and suggestions for future research. | <p>​Presents carefully selected cases that will expand the practitioner’s knowledge base and cover important clinical challenges   </p><p>Goes beyond commonly observed images and scenarios   <br><br>Includes a wealth of high-quality EUS images   </p><p>Shows CT and PET scans when appropriate   </p><p>Provides helpful teaching points</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7478-4 | General [NAME] | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Operative Dictations in Orthopedic Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 392 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 392 p. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | Surgery | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Posterior Spinal Fusion with Instrumentation.- In Situ Fusion L5 to S1.- Open Reduction of DDH (Medial Approach).- Salter Innominate Osteotomy.- Pemberton Osteotomy.- Acetabular Shelf.- Percutaneous Epiphyseodesis.- Proximal Femoral Osteotomy.- Hamstring Lengthening.- Tibia Spike Osteotomy for Genu Varum.- Closed Manipulation and Tenotomy for Clubfoot.- Posteromedial Release for Clubfoot.- Anterior [NAME] to the Lateral Cuneiform.- Split Posterior Tibial Tendon Transfer.- In Situ Pinning of SCFE.- Closed Reduction and Percutaneous Pinning of Supracondylar Humerus Fracture.- Open Reduction and Internal Fixation of Supracondylar Humerus Fracture.- Laminotomy and Partial Discectomy for Lumbar Disc Herniation.- Central Lumbar Decompression.- Posterolateral Interspinal Fusion with Pedicle Screws.- Lumbar Anterior Decompression and Fusion with Cage (L2-5).- Anterior Cervical Decompression and Fusion.- Vertebroplasty.- Cervical Laminoplasty.- Hybrid Total Hip Arthroplasty.- Primary Uncemented Total Hip Arthroplasty.- Revision Hip Arthroplasty.- Core Decompression.- Femoral Antegrade IM Nail.- Femoral Neck Fracture Closed Reduction and Percutaneous Multiple Screw Fixation.- Intertrochanteric Open Reduction and Internal Fixation with Dynamic Hip Screw.- Percutaneous Sacroiliac Joint Screw Fixation.- Supracondylar Femur Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Bipolar Hemi-Arthroplasty.- Iliac Crest Bone Graft (Anterior).- Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty.- Medial Unicompartmental Knee Replacement.- Distal Femoral Varus Osteotomy.- High Tibial Osteotomy (Closing Wedge).- Medial Opening Wedge Tibial Osteotomy.- [NAME] of the Knee.- ACL Reconstruction.- Anteromedial Tibia Tubercle Transfer.- Lateral Retinacular Release.- Chronic/Exertional Compartment Syndrome Release.- Tibia Intramedullary Nail.- Meniscus Repair.- Standard below Knee Amputation.- [NAME] Angular Deformity Correction by TSF.- Mini-Invasive Primary Total Knee Arthroplasty.- Open Reduction and Internal Fixation of Tibial Plateau Fractures.- Hallux Valgus- Proximal Ludloff Osteotomy.- Distal Chevron Osteotomy with Capsulorrhaphy.- Hammer Toe Correction.- Rheumatoid Foot Reconstruction.- Repair of Acute [NAME] Rupture.- Ankle Fusion.- Subtalar Fusion.- Triple Arthrodesis:  Fusion of the Subtalar, [NAME], and Talonavicular Joints.- Total Ankle Replacement.- Tarsal Coalition Resection.- Lateral Ankle Ligament Reconstruction – Brostrom Type.- Distal Tibia Fracture:  Non Bridging Hybrid External Fixator.- Ankle Fracture – Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Lisfranc Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Talus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy.- Arthroscopic Acromioplasty.- Arthroscopic Rotator [NAME] Repair.- Arthroscopic Bankart Repair.- Open Bankart Repair.- Weaver-Dunn Acromioclavicular Reconstruction.- Inferior Capsular Shift.- Mini-Open Rotator Cuff Repair.- Large Rotator [NAME] – Open.- Total Shoulder Replacement.- Open Reduction and Internal Fixation Three-Part Proximal Humerus Fracture.- Closed Reduction and Pinning of Two Part Proximal Humerus Fracture.- Hemiarthroplasty of Shoulder.- Antegrade Intramedullary Nailing: Humerus Shaft Fractures.- Biceps Tenodesis.- Distal Humerus Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Elbow Arthroscopy.- [NAME] Nerve Transposition.- Both Bone Forearm Fracture Open Reduction and Internal Fixation.- Distal Radius External Fixation and Percutaneous Pinning.- Open Reduction and Internal Fixation Distal Radius, Volar Approach.- Wrist Fusion.- [NAME] Arthroscopy.- [NAME] Fixation.- Treatment of Scaphoid Non-Union.- Volar Ganglion Excision.- Dorsal Ganglion Excision.- Release De Quervain.- Congenital [NAME] Release.- [NAME] Release.- [NAME] Repair.- Extensor Repair.- CMC Ligament Reconstruction and [NAME] | Operative Dictations in Orthopedic Surgery is a valuable resource for teaching orthopedic surgical trainees and practicing orthopedic surgeons how to document their operative procedures. The book  includes the majority of the commonly performed orthopedic procedures. For each procedure, a list of common indications is given, covering 95% of the situations in which particular procedures will be used, as well as a list of essential steps. This is then followed by a list intended to prompt the surgeon for particular details to note and dictate within the template, a list of possible complications that are typically associated with a particular surgical procedure,  and templates of operative dictation that allow the surgeon to individualize their dictations. Ample space is also provided to allow each surgeon to add notes. Concise and easy to use, Operative Dictations in Orthopedic Surgery is a unique tool for orthopedics surgical residents and residents in practice that better prepares them to participate actively and learn as much as possible in the operating room. | <p>Unique tool for orthopedics surgical residents and residents in practice </p><p>Provides a preparatory aid for the oral board examination</p><p>Written by authorities in orthopedic surgery</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8035-8 | Health Administration | Wickramasinghe | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Lean Thinking for Healthcare |  | Healthcare Delivery in the Information Age |  | 1 | 2014 | 585 | Hard cover | Book | X, 585 p. 162 illus., 115 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | SCW23008 | Business/Management Science, general | KJ | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section 1 Key Concepts, [NAME] and Techniques.- Introduction.- Chapter 1 Lean Principles for Healthcare.- Chapter 2 Artificial Neural Network Excellence to Facilitate Lean Thinking Adoption in Healthcare Contexts.- Chapter 3 The Suitability of Artificial Neural Networks in Service Quality Control and Forecasting.- Chapter 4 The Application of Lean in the Healthcare Sector: Theory and Practical Examples.- Chapter 5 Business Value of IT in Health Care.- Chapter 6 Initiatives of Service Orientated Architecture towards Performance Improvement in Healthcare.- Chapter 7 Adapted Lean Thinking for Emergency Departments: Information Quality Perspective.-Section 2 Applications of Lean Thinking Around the Healthcare World.- Introduction.- Chapter 8 Adapted Lean Thinking for for Healthcare Services: An Empirical Study in the Traditional Chinese Hospital.- Chapter 9 Lean Thinking in Dementia Care Through Smart Assistive Technology - an Evaluation.- Chapter 10 A Delphi Study on Developing a Conceptual Framework to Understand the Perception of Iranian Physicians Towards Electronic Health Records.- Chapter 11 Trying to Streamline Healthcare Delivery in Australia via the Personally Controlled Electronic Health Record(PCEHR).- Chapter 12 Identifying Critical Issues for Developing Successful E-health Solutions.- Chapter 13 Applying the Principles of KM to Effect Streamlined Healthcare Operations: A Malaysian Case Study.- Chapter 14 Re-making Rosa Medical Center: A 5-Step Approach to Transitioning with Lean.- Chapter 15 Lean Thinking and Customer Focus.- Section 3 Macro issues.- Introduction.- Chapter 16 Applying A System of Systems Approach to Healthcare.- Chapter 17 The Role for a Healthcare System of Systems Approach Coupled with Collaborative Technologies to Provide Superior Healthcare Delivery.- Chapter 18 The Role Of A Disruptive Pervasive Technology Solution to Facilitate Better Healthcare Delivery to Native American Patients.- Chapter 19 Designing Enabling Regulatory Frameworks to Facilitate the Diffusion of Wireless Technology Solutions in Healthcare.- Chapter 20 Improving healthcare service quality and patients’ life quality through mobile technologies: the case of Diabetes self-management.- Chapter 21 The Role of Online Social Networks in Consumer Health Informatics: An Example of the Implicit Incorporation of Lean Principles.- Chapter 22 Supporting preventative healthcare with persuasive services.- Chapter 23 Using Technology Solutions to Streamline Healthcare Processes for Nursing: The Case of an Intelligent Operational Planning  Support Tool (IOPST) Solution.- Chapter 24 Using an e-health Strategy to facilitate the design and development of effective healthcare processes.-Section 4 Micro issues.- Introduction.- Chapter 25 Value Stream Mapping in Lean Healthcare: A brief Introduction and Application.- Chapter 26 Using Value Stream Mapping to Improve Processes in a  Urology Department.- Chapter 27 A Technology Mediated Solution to Reduce Healthcare Disparities.-Section 5 Case Studies.-Introduction. - Chapter 28  Process models, its inefficiencies and recommendations of the emergency department of the Marienhospital.- Chapter 29  Simulation Study - Clinical Center Esslingen.- Chapter 30 Emergency Department Katharinenhospital Stuttgar.- Chapter 31 Business Process Modeling and measuring waiting times in a German ED. An approach for identifying improvements. | A growing, aging population; the rise to epidemic proportions of various chronic diseases; competing, often overlapping medical technologies; and of course, skyrocketing costs compounded by waste and inefficiency - these are just a few of the multifarious challenges currently facing healthcare delivery. Anunexpected source of solutions is being imported from the manufacturing sector: lean thinking. [NAME] for Healthcare presents a conceptual framework, management principles, and practical tools for professionals tasked with designing and implementing modern, streamlined healthcare systems or overhauling faulty ones. Focusing on core components such as knowledge management, e-health, patient-centeredness, and collaborative care, chapters illustrate lean concepts in action across specialties (as diverse as nursing, urology, and emergency care) and around the globe. Extended case examples show health systems responding to consumer needs and provider realities with equal efficiency and effectiveness, and improved quality and patient outcomes. Further, contributors tackle the gamut of technological, medical, cultural, and business issues, among them: Initiatives of service-oriented architecture towards performance improvementAdapted lean thinking for emergency departmentsLean thinking in dementia care through smart assistive technologySupporting preventive healthcare with persuasive servicesValue stream mapping for lean healthcareA technology mediated solution to reduce healthcare disparitiesGeared toward both how lean ideas can be carried out and how they are being used successfully in the real world, Lean Principles for Healthcare  not only brings expert knowledge to healthcare managers and health services researchers but to all who have an interest in superior healthcare delivery. | <p>Lean thinking is a key area and of growing significance in the study of healthcare delivery and health administration </p><p>Examines ICT use in healthcare while grounded in leading management theories </p><p>Comprehensive and well integrated text that examines ICT issues and use in the area of Lean Thinking</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0477-4 | Health Informatics | Venot | Alain Venot; [NAME]; [NAME] | Medical Informatics, e-Health | Fundamentals and Applications | Health Informatics |  | 1 | 2014 | 455 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 455 p. 124 illus., 81 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH28009 | Health Informatics | MBG | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | Health Informatics | Contributed volume | Springer Paris | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Medical Informatics as a scientific discipline.- Medical vocabulary, terminological resources, health information coding.- The management and dissemination of knowledge in Healthcare.- The representation of the patient data in the health information systems and the electronic medical record.- Medical Image processing: principles, main applications and prospects.- Augmented Medical Interventions : Surgetics and Robotics.- Clinical diagnostic decision making support.- Therapeutic decision making support.- Medico-economic decision making support.- Public health decision making.- Security, legal and ethical aspects of computerized health data.- Clinical Information Systems in hospitals.- Shared medical records.- Computerizing the medical office.- Computerizing the dental office.- Computerizing the pharmacy.- The development of E-Health.- Translational Medical Informatics.- Human Factors and Ergonomics for Medical Informatics. | Thanks to this book, it will be possible for readers to understand Health Informatics as a young scientific discipline compared to general computing, bioinformatics, bioengineering and medicine.The book introduces major journals in the field, major conferences, the national and international structures of the discipline, and the major sources of funding.Readers will find in the book the fundamentals of the large terminological resources in Health which are very difficult to understand (thesauri, classifications, ontology...). In terms of application, the book will include the main features of the software developed in the major structures of Health (hospital information systems, computerization of medical and dental practice, and pharmacies) with applications in various countries. The book will consider the ongoing revolution linked to the development of telemedicine and, more generally, to e-Health, smart home and disability help. Human factors, development of user interfaces will be considered. | <p>Written by a team of more than 30 well known teachers and researchers working in the field of Health Informatics, many of them having international collaborations </p><p>An up to date description of the fundamentals of Health informatics </p><p>A description of applications for various health domains (hospital physicians and GPs, Radiology, Surgery, dentistry, pharmacy) </p><p>Examples of applications issued from various countries</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7593-4 | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | McQueen | [NAME] | [NAME] on Noncommunicable Diseases and Health Promotion |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 481 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 481 p. 30 illus., 17 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27010 | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | MBN |  |  |  | Public Health | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Section I:Theoretical and Methodological Issues. - Chapter 1 High-risk vs population prevention strategies for NCDs: [NAME] revisited in the 21st Century. -Chapter 2: Current and future theoretical foundations for NCDs and health promotion.- Chapter 3: The nature of causality: beyond traditional “evidence”.-Chapter 4: Surveillance for NCDs and Health promotion: an issue of theory and method.-Section II: Lenses for Understanding NCDs.-Chapter 5: Learning from the social sciences in chronic diseases health promotion: Structure, agency and distributive justice.-Chapter 6: Contextual factors in Health and Illness.-Chapter 7: The Social Determinants of Non-Communicable Diseases: A Political Perspective.-Chapter 8:Risk factors:Tobacco.-Chapter 9:Physical Inactivity and Health Promotion: Evidence and Challenges.-Chapter 10: NGOs addressing NCDs through a health promotion lens.-Chapter 11:Health Literacy as a Lens for Understanding Non-Communicable Diseases and Health Promotion.-Chapter 12:From healthy public policy to intersectoral action and health-in-all-policies.-Section III: Approaches to NCDs.-Chapter 13:Population health intervention research: A fundamental science for NCD prevention. -Chapter 14:Planning and management of cross-sectoral programs: strategies to addressNCDs.-Chapter 15:The public policy approach: Governments, institutions, welfare states and social justice.- Chapter 16:Accelerating Action on NCDs: Understanding and Applying A Social Determinants of Health Framework for Change.- Chapter 17:Cardiovascular Health, Risk and Disease: Primordial and Remedial Strategies.-Chapter 18:Advocacy strategies to address NCDs: actions to increase the profile of Physical activity.-Chapter 19:Advocacy Strategies to Address NCDs: Tobacco Control.-Chapter 20:Evidence synthesis to inform NCD prevention and health promotion.-Chapter 21:Using evidence to inform NCD prevention and health promotion.-Chapter 22:The health promotion argument: NCDs and public health.-Chapter 23:Public health, NCDs, health promotion and business partnering: benefits, concerns, remedies, and moving towards creative partnering.- Section IV: Institutions and Organizations.-Chapter 24: Framing international trade and chronic disease.- Chapter 25: Addressing NCDs through multilateral engagement at the United Nations: The role of WHO.- Chapter 26:Governance, Policy and Institutions.- Chapter 27:NCDs and Civil Society: A History and a Roadmap.- Chapter 28:Developing health promotion workforce capacity for addressing NCDs.- Chapter 29:Health Promotion for NCDs in and by Hospitals: –A Health Promoting Hospitals.-Conclusion. | Since the beginning of the 21st century, chronic diseases account for the majority of all deaths globally and represent an enormous financial burden on all countries, regardless of level of economic development. Originally defined as being long-term, generally incurable diseases of older persons, chronic diseases have increasingly been conceptualized as noncommunicable diseases (NCDs). These long-term afflictions are the leading health problems of the modern world and represent some of the greatest challenges to clinical, preventive medicine and health promotion at this time. Health promotion has arisen as an approach that is most critical in dealing with the broad array of causes of NCDs. Thus, this book addresses NCDs and health promotion in this global context. There is a widely recognized global incapacity to deal with chronic diseases. Furthermore, the needed capacity may vary enormously with level of development and multiple social and economic factors. Simple approaches that deal with single risk factors have enjoyed a modicum of success in some parts of the world, but today the salient opinion is that broad social and policy approaches are the long-term effective approaches. This book takes a critical perspective analyzing the relative success of recent and current approaches to addressing the challenges of the noncommunicable diseases in different social, economic, and political contexts. Because the extant literature addressing NCDs and health promotion appears to be primarily in the Western press and in an epidemiological context, this book makes every effort to offer discussions from other perspectives. Thus some of the sections of the book offer a lens or a critical perspective into the approach to chronic diseases. In addition each section addresses the state of the evidence for the effectiveness of the approach. | <p>A comprehensive book that represents the breadth of present day work in the area of chronic disease control </p><p>Goes beyond a single risk factor for chronic disease or single diseases, and instead takes on the full complexity of chronic disease and health promotion efforts globally</p><p>Critically analyzes current approaches for addressing the challenges of NCDs in different social, economic, and political contexts</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37579-8 | Imaging / Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Neuroimaging of Consciousness |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 261 | Hard cover | Book | X, 261 p. 41 illus., 38 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Part 1 Brain imaging and pathologies of consciousness.- Consciousness and neuroscience.- Consciousness: theoretical approaches.- Functional brain imaging and consciousness.- Part 2 Brain imaging and alternations of consciousness in epilepsy.- Temporal lobe seizures.- Absence seizures.- Brain imaging and alterations of consciousness in epilepsy: Generalized tonic-clonic seizures.- Consciousness, epilepsy and intracranial EEG.- Part 3 Brain imaging and alterations of consciousness in coma, sleep and anesthesia.- Neuroimaging of consciousness in the vegetative and minimally conscious states.- Sleep and consciousness .- Anesthesia.- Part 4 Brain imaging and alterations of consciousness in neuropsychiatric disorders.- Neuroimaging studies of interoception and self-awareness.- Neuroimaging of functional neurological symptoms.- Neuroimaging studies of the dwindling self: neurodegenerative dementias. | Within the field of neuroscience, the past few decades have witnessed an exponential growth of research into the brain mechanisms underlying both normal and pathological states of consciousness in humans. The development of sophisticated imaging techniques to visualize and map brain activity in vivo has opened new avenues in our understanding of the pathological processes involved in common neuropsychiatric disorders affecting consciousness, such as epilepsy, coma, vegetative states, dissociative disorders, and dementia. This book presents the state of the art in neuroimaging exploration of the brain correlates of the alterations in consciousness across these conditions, with a particular focus on the potential applications for diagnosis and management. Although the book has a practical approach and is primarily targeted at neurologists, neuroradiologists, and psychiatrists, it will also serve as an essential reference for a wide range of researchers and health care professionals. | <p>An important reference work on a multidisciplinary and rapidly expanding area   </p><p>Particular focus on the relevance of neuroimaging for the diagnosis and treatment of common neuropsychiatric disorders affecting consciousness   </p><p>Written by world-class experts in the field   </p><p>Relevant for clinicians, researchers, and scholars across different specialties</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5384-7 | Imaging / Radiology | Gouliamos | Athanasios Gouliamos; [NAME]; Paris Kosmidis | Imaging in Clinical Oncology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 726 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 726 p. 329 illus., 198 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I.Introduction.- II.Bone and [NAME] Tumors.- III.CNS Tumors.-IV.Lung Cancer.- V.Head and Neck Cancer.- VI.Lymphomas.- VII.Gynecologic Cancer.- VIII.Breast Cancer.- IX.Gastrointestinal Cancer.- Esophagus, Stomach.- [NAME] (Liver, Pancreas).- Peritoneal Cavity.- Large Bowel.- X.Neuroendocrine Tumors.- XI. Urogenital Cancer.- Adrenal Cancer.- Renal Cancer.- Urothelial Cancer.- Testicular Cancer.- Prostate cancer.- XII.Melanoma. | This encompassing book is designed to contribute to a teamwork approach by promoting understanding between radiologists and clinical oncologists. All of the currently available imaging modalities of relevance in clinical oncology are covered, and the presentation of a broad spectrum of oncologic diseases (of most organ systems) on these modalities is discussed and illustrated. The role of multiparametric and multimodality imaging approaches providing both morphologic and functional information is considered in detail, and careful attention is paid to the latest developments in higher field (3T) MR imaging and advanced MR techniques such as diffusion-weighted imaging, diffusion tensor imaging, perfusion-weighted imaging and spectroscopy. The major challenge of incorporating progress in quantitative imaging technology into radiotherapy treatment planning, guidance, and monitoring is also addressed. This book will assist in refining the treatment approach in various oncologic diseases and organ systems based on specific imaging features. It will be of value to radiologists, oncologists, and other medical professionals involved in the diagnosis and treatment of oncology patients. ​ | <p>​ Discusses and illustrates the presentation of a broad spectrum of oncologic diseases on currently available imaging modalities </p><p>Considers the role of multiparametric and multimodality imaging approaches in detail </p><p>Will assist in refining treatment on the basis of specific imaging features </p><p>Emphasis on teamwork between radiologists and clinical oncologists  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4771-8 | Imaging / Radiology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Genitourinary Imaging - A Case Based Approach |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 180 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 180 p. 150 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | Radiology | Monograph | Springer London | Planned | 2013-08-23 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Kidneys and Adrenals.- Retroperitoneum.- Ureters and Bladder.- [NAME] Pelvis.- [NAME]. | ​ Genitourinary Imaging - A Case Based Approach is a user friendly, portable guide that offers a comprehensive coverage of the subspecialty with an emphasis on all modalities.  As subspecialty practice has become the norm in radiology, it becomes increasingly important to keep abreast of the latest information within the specialty that one is practising. The case based nature of this book, with modality independent content, allows the reader to assimilate practice specific information with ease. Full color images with tabular salient points, imaging algorithms and evidence based criterion support the text. Key points provide succinct explanations of the disease and an appropriate differential diagnosis, as well as providing a brief description of therapy and prognosis.  Genitourinary Imaging - A Case Based Approach is aimed at residents and training and practicing genitourinary radiologists. | ​Includes state of the art high quality images that will span all modalities currently used Describes emerging novel imaging tools  Images are complemented with easy to read tables, schematic diagrams and salient points where needed | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7183-7 | Imaging / Radiology | Wortsman | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] with Clinical and Histologic Correlations |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 439 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 439 p. 601 illus., 485 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to [NAME] of the Skin.- Sonographic Anatomy of the Skin, Appendages and Adjacent Structures.- Congenital  Diseases of the Skin.- Inflammatory Diseases of the Skin.- Common Benign Non Vascular Skin Tumors.- The Computer-Aided Diagnosis of Soft-Tissue Tumors Using Sonographic Morphology and Texture Features.- Hemangiomas and Vascular Malformations.- Cutaneous Vascular Tumors.- Skin Cancer: The Primary Tumors.- Contrast Enhanced Ultrasound in Squamous Cell Carcinoma (SCC).- Locoregional Staging of Melanoma.- Cutaneous Lymphomas.- Anatomy of the Face for Cosmetic Purposes.- Concepts in Cosmetic Procedures.- Sonography of Cosmetic Procedures.- Inflammatory Diseases of the Nail: Clinical Overview.- Nail Tumors: Clinical Overview.- Sonography of the Nail.- Sonography of the [NAME] and Hair.- Conditions that Can Mimic Dermatological Diseases: “Simulators'.- Glossary of Dermatological Terms.- Useful Dermatologic  Classifications.- How to Start on Skin, Nail and Hair Ultrasound: Guidance and Protocols.- Pre-Surgical Sonographic Assessment of the Margins in Skin Lesions. | Significant technological advances have produced equipment that allows imaging of the skin with variable frequency ultrasound in previously unseen detail and provides a range of dynamic data that is currently unmatched by any other technology.  [NAME] with Clinical and [NAME] is a comprehensive introduction to ultrasonography of the skin, nails, and scalp as it relates to the assessment and diagnosis of dermatologic diseases. It provides radiologists, sonographers, dermatologists, and physicians with interest in skin imaging with a concise understanding of the diagnosis of dermatologic conditions through extensive high-resolution gray scale and color [NAME] ultrasound images and presents classical correlations of clinical dermatologic lesions with sonographic and histologic findings.  Featuring more than 1700 images, this text-atlas provides an excellent starting point in learning about this topic.       Featuring contributions from world-renowned authorities in the field of superficial ultrasound imaging, the book reviews the technical considerations relating to color [NAME] ultrasound of the skin; surveys the dermatologic entities that can be visualized with ultrasound  imaging, such as cutaneous tumors, inflammatory diseases, hemangiomas and vascular malformations, melanoma, nail tumors, scalp diseases and cosmetic conditions; shows common simulators of cutaneous diseases; and discusses protocols for assessing common dermatologic conditions.  Inclusion of clinical overviews, tips, and pitfalls enables a better understanding of the pathologies of the disorders and the methodological approach in assessing these entities. | <p>The first comprehensive radiology book to cover dermatologic imaging </p><p>Includes extensive 2D and 3D color [NAME] ultrasound images with clinical and histologic correlations </p><p>Provides a concise understanding of dermatological conditions through an overview of diagnostic imaging advances</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-11148-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Neri | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | CT Colonography Atlas | For the Practicing Radiologist | Medical Radiology |  | 1 | 2013 | 184 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 184 p. 130 illus., 96 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Normal Colon.- Anatomical Variants.- Pitfalls.- Diverticula.- Lypoma.-Inflammatory Bowel Diseases.- Polyps: Pedunculated.- Polyps: Sessile.- Flat Lesions.- Colon Cancer.- Rectal Cancer.- Cancers of the Ileo-Cecal Valve.- Post-Surgical Colon. | This easy-to-use atlas comprises a collection of representative common and unusual virtual colonoscopy (CT colonography, CTC) cases that physicians and radiologists may expect to encounter during their clinical practice. The atlas reflects the important recent advances in image acquisition, patient preparation, and image processing and is thus completely up-to-date.  Each case is presented with the native CT images, integrated images obtained by 3D image processing, and colonoscopic correlation. Topics covered include normal appearances, anatomical variants, pitfalls, [NAME], [NAME], inflammatory bowel disease, polyps, flat lesions, cancers, and the postsurgical colon. By presenting the main features of anatomy and pathology, this atlas will serve as an invaluable tool both for radiologists performing CTC and for clinicians who need to review the CTC examinations of their patients. | <p>Easy-to-use atlas comprising a collection of representative common and unusual virtual colonoscopy (CTC) cases that are likely to be encountered during clinical practice</p><p>Reflects the important recent advances in image acquisition, patient preparation, and image processing</p><p>An invaluable tool both for radiologists performing CTC and for clinicians who need to review the CTC examinations of their patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5294-9 | Imaging / Radiology | Rambaldi | To Rambaldi | Whole-Body FDG PET Imaging in Oncology | Clinical Reports and Teaching Points |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 200 p. 200 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 109 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | Radiology | Professional book | Springer Milan | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Galbladder and Biliary Ducts.- Head and Neck.- Colon and Rectum.- Oesophagus.- Gynecology.- [NAME] and Thymomas.- Breast.- Melanoma.- Pancreas.- Lung.- Stomach.- Urinary Tract​ | This manual presents a large collection of clinical cases in oncology with accompanying whole-body FDG PET-CT scans. The aim is to promote an integrated approach to the use of PET-CT, and detailed attention is therefore paid to the clinical history and diagnostic question.   A central aspect of every clinical case described in this manual is the guidance on the clinical report, which is the official tool for communicating with both the referring physician and the person undergoing the diagnostic test; for this reason it needs to be clear, understandable, and written in shared language. The advice regarding report preparation is strongly supported by informative PET, CT, and PET-CT fused images of each disease. The book is broadly structured according to anatomic region, and a wide range of common diseases likely to be imaged using PET-CT is covered.  This book will be of value to all those training or working in the field of oncology who wish to ensure that they are best placed to contextualize, interpret, and report the findings obtained with PET-CT, which can have such a dramatic impact on prognosis, therapeutic choice, and quality of life.​ | Large collection of clinical cases in oncology with accompanying whole-body FDG PET-CT scans  Promotes an integrated approach to the use of PET-CT, with detailed attention to clinical history and the diagnostic question Offers extensive guidance on clinical report preparation Covers a wide range of diseases and disease locations​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5430-1 | Imaging / Radiology | Regine | [NAME]; [NAME]; Romano Fabbri | Contrast-Enhanced Ultrasound of the Urinary Tract |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 71 | Soft cover | Book | VII, 71 p. 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction: 1.1 Research method.- 1.2 Semeiotic.- 2 The Kidney: 2.1 Ischemic pathology.- 2.2Traumatic pathology- 2.3 Transplantation.- 2.4 Inflammation pathology.- 2.5 Solid lesions.- 2.6 Cystic lesions.- 2.7 Pseudomasses.- 3 Urinary Tract and Bladder.- 4 MC in pediatric ultrasound and in the Study of vesicoureteral reflux: “cystosonography”.- 4.1 Cystosonography: instructions for use.- 4.2 Study of focal hepatic or renal lesions.- 5 Conclusions. | This book examines in detail the diagnostic impact of contrast-enhanced ultrasound in the evaluation of urinary tract pathology, paying particular attention to the diagnostic gain that may be expected in relation to other imaging techniques such as CT and MRI. The role of contrast-enhanced ultrasound is evaluated in a range of pathologies, including ischemia, trauma, inflammation, cystic lesions, and solid tumors, as well as in the imaging of anatomic variants. New applications, for example monitoring of kidney transplantation, assessment of urinary bladder lesions, and diagnosis of vesico-ureteric reflux, are also covered. The presented cases, drawn from the authors’ personal clinical caseload, include images obtained using multimodality techniques, sometimes with 3D CT reconstruction. The authors’ own experiences are compared with the most recent reports in the scientific literature. | <p>Detailed assessment of the diagnostic impact of contrast-enhanced ultrasound in the evaluation of urinary tract pathology, including new applications </p><p>Explains the diagnostic gain in relation to other imaging modalities such as CT and MRI   </p><p>Includes many of the authors’ personal cases  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39155-2 | Imaging / Radiology | Riccabona | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Ultrasound | Requisites and Applications |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 520 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 520 p. 341 illus., 149 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29064 | Ultrasound | MMPF | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-10-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Basics: Physics of diagnostic ultrasound (US). US techniques. Artifacts. Biological effects of US. Practical US approach. Documentation and reporting. Future US methods. Basics of ([NAME]) Doppler sonography.- Diagnostic flow charts, imaging algorithms, and graphs: Urinary tract diseases. Tumors and oncology. Abdomen. Systemic diseases. Graphs and illustrations for standardized measurements and volume calculations.- US investigations of various organs and systems: Pediatric cranial neurosonography. US of the neonatal spinal cord. Neck and facial/cervical glands. Chest US. Basics of pediatric and neonatal echocardiography. Abdominal US. Musculoskeletal and other small part US. US-guided interventions. | Ultrasound (US) plays an extremely important role in diagnostic imaging of neonates, infants, and children. This book systematically covers the use of US in all organ systems throughout childhood. After discussion of the basics, including physics, artifacts, and procedural details, decision making regarding the use of US is elucidated with the aid of diagnostic flow charts and imaging algorithms. The indications and prerequisites for a particular examination are listed, and practical tips and tricks are highlighted. The normal, age-dependent findings and typical appearances in different pathologies are then presented and illustrated by numerous high-quality images. Particular emphasis is placed on those findings that differ from the adult US appearances. Pediatric Ultrasound will prove an indispensable source of information for radiology residents, experienced (pediatric) radiologists, sonographers, pediatricians, and all other physicians who deal with children in their daily practice. | <p>Systematically covers the use of ultrasound in all organ systems and throughout childhood </p><p>Presents the normal, age-dependent findings and typical appearances in a wide range of pathologies, with the aid of numerous high-quality images </p><p>Highlights differences from ultrasound findings in adults </p><p>Clearly explains the role of the most modern techniques </p><p>Includes helpful diagnostic flow charts and imaging algorithms</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7424-1 | Imaging / Radiology | Saba | [NAME]; [NAME]; Luís [NAME]; [NAME] | Multi-Modality Atherosclerosis Imaging and Diagnosis |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 848 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 848 p. 284 illus., 166 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCT2700X | Biomedical Engineering | MQW | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Histology and Pathology of 3D Atherosclerosis.- Clinical MRA of the Carotid Arteries.- Quantitative MR Imaging of the Carotids.- Contrast Agents in Carotid Angiography with Magnetic Resonance.- Quantitative Magnetic Resonance Analysis in the Assessment of Cardiac Diseases.- Atherosclerosis Plaque Stress Analysis: A Review.- Carotid Plaque Stress Analysis: Issues on Patient Specific Modelling.- Noninvasive Targeting of Vulnerable Carotid Plaques for Therapeutic Interventions.- Clinical CT Imaging of Carotid Arteries.- Quantitative CT Imaging of Carotid Arteries.- Quantitative Computed Tomography Analysis in the Assessment of Coronary Artery Disease.- A Gamma Mixture Model for IVUS Imaging.- Ultrasound Profile of Carotid Plague. A New Approach Towards Stroke Prediction.- Ultrasonographic Quantification of Carotid Stenosis: A Reappraisal Using a New Gold Standard.- Histologic and Biochemical Composition of Carotid Plaque and Its Impact on Ultrasonographic Appearance.- Automated Carotid IMT Measurement and Its Validation in Low Contrast Ultrasound Database of 885 Patient Indian Population Epidemiological Study: Results of AtheroEdgeTM Software.- Carotid Artery Recognition System (CARS): A Comparison of Three Automated Paradigms for Ultrasound Images.- Atherosclerotic Carotid Plaque Segmentation in Ultrasound Imaging of the Carotid Artery.- Relationship Between Plaque Echogenicity and Atherosclerosis Biomarkers.- Hypothesis Validation of Far Wall Brightness in Carotid Artery Ultrasound for Feature-Based IMT Measurement Using a Combination of Level Set Segmentation & Registration.- Segmentation of Carotid Ultrasound Images.- Imaging Occlusive Atherosclerosis.- Imaging of Aortic Aneurysms: What Do We Need to Know and Which Techniques Should Be Chosen?.- Molecular Imaging of Inflammation and Intraplaque Veovascularization.- [NAME] and Stenting.- New Approaches for Plaque Component Analysis in Intravascular Ultrasound (IVUS) Images.- Visualization of Atherosclerotic Coronary Plaque by Using Optical Coherence Tomography.- Image Fusion Technology.- Generalized Symptomatic vs. Asymptomatic Plaque Characterization and Classification in Carotid Ultrasound Images. | Stroke is one of the leading causes of death in the world, resulting mostly from the sudden ruptures of atherosclerosis carotid plaques. Understanding why and how plaque develops and ruptures requires a multi-disciplinary approach such as radiology, biomedical engineering, medical physics, software engineering, hardware engineering, pathological and histological imaging. Multi-Modality Atherosclerosis Imaging, Diagnosis and Treatment presents a new dimension of understanding Atherosclerosis in 2D and 3D. This book presents work on plaque stress analysis in order to provide a general framework of computational modeling with atherosclerosis plaques. New algorithms based on 3D and 4D Ultrasound are presented to assess the atherosclerotic disease as well as very recent advances in plaque multimodality image fusion analysis.The goal of Multi-Modality Atherosclerosis Imaging, Diagnosis and Treatment is to fuse information obtained from different 3D medical image modalities, such as 3D US, CT and MRI, providing the medical doctor with some sort of augmented reality information about the atherosclerotic plaque in order to improve the accuracy of the diagnosis. Analysis of the plaque dynamics along the cardiac cycle is also a valuable indicator for plaque instability assessment and therefore for risk stratification. 4D Ultrasound, a sequence of 3D reconstructions of the region of interest along the time, can be used for this dynamic analysis. Multimodality Image Fusion is a very appealing approach because it puts together the best characteristics of each modality, such as, the high temporal resolution of US and the high spatial resolutions of MRI and CT. | <p>Presents a new dimension of understanding Atherosclerosis in 2D and 3D</p><p>Presents work on plaque stress analysis in order to provide a general framework of computational modeling with Atherosclerosis plaques</p><p>Focuses on patient specific material property characterization by using in-vivo MRI data</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-8178-0480-4 | Imaging / Radiology | Saliou | Guillaume Saliou; [NAME]; Claire Join-Lambert; Raphaëlle Souillard-Scemama | Practical Guide to Neurovascular Emergencies |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 69 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 69 p. 137 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Paris | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Principles of Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- Arterial stroke overview.- Territorial brain infarction.- Watershed infarction.- Transient ischemic attack.- Lacunar infarction and small arteries diseases.- Rare cerebral vasculopathy.- Hemopathy.- Cerebral hemorrhage.- Cerebral venous thrombosis.- Medullary infarction.- Imaging differential diagnosis in stroke.- Incidentalomas.- Thrombolysis. | Modern vascular neurology, particularly in the emergency setting, often requires a great capacity for analysis and synthesis. Physicians who manage these patients must have acquired multidisciplinary skills, including a good knowledge of clinical neurology and medical imaging, but they may also need to be skilled in cardiology and intensive care. The initial clinical and imaging examinations play a decisive role in the management strategy. This book, written by neurologists and neuroradiologists, is designed to help all physicians involved in the management of neurovascular disease. The format and contents of this book, including the latest guidelines from learned societies, are designed to provide a succinct and practical guide. Although this book is particularly devoted to ischaemic stroke, other neurovascular diseases, especially haemorrhagic stroke, are also discussed. This book should constitute a valuable tool for everyday practice for all medical personnel involved in neurovascular disease. | <p>All forms of stroke are presented concisely, with a large number of good quality images to illustrate each paragraph</p><p>Very practical, pocket presentation, suitable for emergency medicine in stroke </p><p>Concise and didactic text, including diagnosis and treatment options designed to rapidly resolve all questions raised in stroke emergencies </p><p>First pocket book based on a cross-sectional approach to neurology and neuroradiology in stroke</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5390-8 | Imaging / Radiology | Scarabino | [NAME]; Saverio Pollice | Imaging Spine After Treatment | A Case-based [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 301 | Hard cover | Book | X, 301 p. 212 illus., 21 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Pathology.- 2. Interventional Radiology.- 3. Surgery.- 4. Imaging Modalities.- 5. Post Treatment.- 6. Clinical cases. ​ | This book reviews in detail the role of neuroradiological imaging in the evaluation of patients who have undergone surgery or interventional radiology procedures, and particularly its value in the documentation of normal and pathological post-treatment changes, detection of complications, and follow-up. The opening sections describe pretreatment images in various conditions, including trauma, degenerative disc disease, and osteoporosis, and the different types of neurosurgical and interventional treatment that may be used. The post-treatment appearances of normal sequelae and complications on conventional radiography, CT, and MRI are then documented in detail on the basis of a large series of clinical cases, with a wealth of images. Guidance is provided on selection of one or a combination of imaging modalities. This book will be an invaluable clinical and research tool not only for neuroradiologists but also for neurosurgeons, and interventional radiologists. | <p>First atlas to be devoted to the imaging appearances of the spine following treatment</p><p>Special attention to the role of the newer functional MR imaging techniques</p><p>Includes 30 clinical cases with numerous illustrations, making the book an invaluable resource for everyday practice and research ​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7746-4 | Imaging / Radiology | Swischuk | [NAME]; [NAME] | Emergency Musculoskeletal Imaging in Children |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 83 | Hard cover | Book | X, 83 p. 211 illus., 4 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Considerations.- Infection/Inflammation and Infarction.- Tumors, Cysts and Tumor Mimickers.- Types of Fractures in Children.- Shoulder and Upper Arm Injuries of the Shoulder and Upper Humerus.- Elbow and Forearm.- [NAME] and Hand.- Pelvis and Sacrum.- Hip and Femur/Femoral Shaft.- [NAME] and Leg.- Ankle and Foot.- Battered Child Syndrome/Non-Accidental Trauma. | Emergency Musculoskeletal Imaging in Children is a practical, concise, and easy-to-read guide to the radiologic workup of acute musculoskeletal injuries and conditions in children. The book is conveniently organized by anatomic site and covers all acute injuries and conditions of the upper and lower extremities encountered in the emergency room, outpatient clinic, and office. Close attention is also given to normal findings and anatomic variants that can mimic pathology. More than 600 MR, CT, ultrasound, and radiographic images complement the text. | <p>Lead author is world-renowned expert in pediatric radiology and trauma imaging </p><p>Provides important considerations of what to look for when imaging children in an emergency setting </p><p>Comprehensive images organized by anatomic region </p><p>Includes normal findings that cause problems</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4314-7 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | [NAME] | Ashfaq [NAME] | Handbook of Blood Gas/Acid-Base Interpretation |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 332 | Soft cover | Book | XVIII, 332 p. 361 illus., 359 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Critical Care Medicine | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-04-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Handbook of Blood Gas/Acid-Base Interpretation, 2nd edition, simplifies concepts in blood gas/acid base interpretation and explains in an algorithmic fashion the physiological processes for managing respiratory and metabolic disorders. With this handbook, medical students, residents, nurses, and practitioners of respiratory and intensive care will find it possible to quickly grasp the principles underlying respiratory and acid-base physiology, and apply them. Uniquely set out in the form of flow-diagrams/algorithms charts, this handbook introduces concepts in a logically organized sequence and gradually builds upon them. The treatment of the subject in this format, describing processes in logical steps makes it easy for the reader to cover a difficult- and sometimes dreaded- subject rapidly. | <p>Composed almost exclusively of reader-friendly flow-diagrams and pathways, focusing on issues of clinical importance and excluding issues that are of marginal relevance for the clinician </p><p>Written with the awareness that medical personnel practising in ICUs are time-constrained </p><p>Clear and concise explanations are provided about the mechanisms operative in health and disease, with the flow-diagram based approach making the material ideal for teaching</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5225-5 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Layon | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Textbook of Neurointensive Care |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 1000 | Hard cover | Book | VI, 1000 p. 279 illus., 130 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Critical Care Medicine | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Basic Neuroanatomy.- Basic Neuroradiology / Diagnostic Radiology.- Basic Neurophysiology.- CNS Disease: An Overview.- CNS Neoplasia.- CNS Vascular Disease.- Basic Endovascular Neurosurgery / Interventional Radiology.- CNS Trauma.- Spinal Neurosurgery.- Stereotacic And Functional Neurosurgery (including epilepsy).- Pediatric Neurosurgery.- CNS Infections.- Neurological Disorders / Emergencies.- Part 2: Neuro-Intensive Care: General Issues.- Pre-Hospital Care.- Brain Resuscitation after Cardiac Arrest.- The Airway, Ventilation, and Oxygenation.- Cardiac Care.- Fluid and Electrolytes.- Pulmonary Care and Respiratory Failure.- Nutrition.- Monitoring.- Neuropharmacology.- Intrafacility Transportation.- Part 3: Neuro-intensive Care: Specific Problems.- Intra-operative and Immediate Post-operative Neuroanesthesia.- Elevated Intracranial Pressure.- Seizures .- Altered Mental Status.- Multi-System, Head and [NAME]-Rehabilitation.- Humanity and Ethics in the Neurologically Injured Patient.- Part 4: The Future of Neuro-Intensive Care.- Brain Protection.- [NAME]. | This updated and refined new edition is the only book to provide a comprehensive approach to the intensive care of neurologically injured patients from the emergency room and ICU through the operating room and post-surgical period. It reviews neuroanatomy, neuroradiology, and neurophysiology, examines the neurological problems most frequently seen in intensive care, and describes the various types of neurosurgery. General issues are discussed, such as cardiac care, fluids and electrolytes, nutrition, and monitoring as well as more specific conditions and complications including elevated intracranial pressure, seizures, and altered mental states. | <p>Covers all monitoring, imaging, and surgical modalities used in neurointensive care</p><p>Provides evidence-based data and includes algorithms to facilitate decision making and key points in each chapter</p><p>Examines the neurological problems most frequently encountered in intensive care</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7509-5 | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | Varon | [NAME]; [NAME] | Acute and Critical Care Formulas and Laboratory Values |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 300 | Soft cover | Book | X, 300 p. 16 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH3100X | Intensive / Critical Care Medicine | MMKL | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | Critical Care Medicine | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Cardiovascular [NAME] and Facts.- 2. Endocrinology and Metabolism Formulas.- 3. Environmental Facts and Formulas.- 4. Gastrointestinal Facts and Formulas.- 5. Hematological Facts and Formulas.- 6. Infectious [NAME] and Facts.- 7. [NAME] and Facts.- 8. [NAME] and Facts.- 9. Obstetrics & Gynecology [NAME] and Facts.- 10. Oncology Formulas.- 11. Pediatric [NAME] and Laboratory Values.- 12. [NAME] and Facts.- 13. Renal, Fluid & Electrolyte Formulas and Facts.- 14. Statistics and Epidemiology.- 15. [NAME] and Facts.- 16. [NAME] and Formulas.- 17. [NAME]. | This pocket guide is a single-volume source of the most common and important formulas and laboratory values used in the daily practice of acute care and critical care medicine.  Information is presented in outline format and as tables, graphics, and algorithms to facilitate quick look up.  Acute and Critical Care Formulas and [NAME] is designed to help clinicians to interpret clinical data, to apply formulas, and to understand laboratory values, and to integrate this information with their knowledge of pathophysiology to promote the delivery of evidence-based care.•                       Essential formulas and laboratory values •                       Multiple ways to derive a value, where appropriate•                       Non-clinical formulas useful for understanding physiologic concepts or that underlie diagnostic tests or clinical measurement  included•                       Chapters divided by organ system•                       Practical appendixes of “Abbreviations” and “Key Telephone Numbers”•                       A special “Notes” section for recording frequently used formulas | <p>Pocket-sized for quick reference </p><p>Handy outline format puts key information “at your fingertips” </p><p>Includes graphics, tables, algorithms, and scoring systems useful for interpreting critical care data </p><p>Chapters separated by organ system </p><p>Practical appendixes of “Abbreviations” and “Key Telephone Numbers” </p><p>A special “Notes” section for recording frequently used formulas</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7785-3 | Internal Medicine | Millichap | [NAME] | Neurological Syndromes | A Clinical Guide to Symptoms and Diagnosis |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 273 | Soft cover | Book | X, 273 p. | 0 | final | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | SCH24003 | General Practice / Family Medicine | MBPC | Internal Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | AAicardiAicardi-GoutieresAndermannAngelmanAntonApertAvellisBBalintBannwarthBardet-BiedlBassen-KornzweigBenediktBobble-head DollBrainstem (Table)Brown-SequardBrueghelBurning FeetCCadasilCapgrasCayler CardiofacialCentral CordCHARGECharles Bonnet (CBS)ChiasmalChurg-StraussClaudeCockayne Coffin-LowryCohenCornelia de LangeCornelia de Lange IICostenCowden Cranial Nerve (Table)CRASH (MASA)Crit du ChatCrouzonDDandy WalkerDDON (Deafness-Dystonia-Optic [NAME] (Table)De MorsierDiGeorgeDonnai-BarrowDooseDravetDuaneEEdwardsElsbergEmpty Sella (ESS)Epidermal NevusEpilepsy (Electroclinical) (Table)FFazio-Londe FeingoldFerguson-CritchleyFetal Alcohol Foix-AlajouanineFoix-Chavany-MarieFoster-KennedyFovilleFragile XFragile X-Associated Tremor/AtaxiaFroehlichFroinGGanserGarcinGerstmannGoldenharGorlinGradenigoGreig CephalopolysyndactylyGuillain-BarreHHallermann-StreiffHARPHaw RiverHeerfordtHerpes [NAME]-MarsidiKKabukiKallmannKearns-Sayre (KSS)KinsbourneKjellinKleefstraKlein-LevinKlinefelterKlippel-FeilKlippel-Trenaunay-WeberKluver-BucyKocher-Debre SemelaigneLLambert-EatonLance-AdamsLandau-KleffnerLeighLennox-GastautLenz Microphthalmia (LMS)Lesch-NyhanLewis-SumnerLocked-inLoeys-DietzLoweMMarcus GunnMarfanMarin AmatMarin AmatMarinesco-SjorgenMASAMcLeod NeuroacanthocytosisMeckel-GruberMECP2 DuplicationMeigeMELASMelkersson-RosenthalMERRFMicrophthalmos with Linear Skin Defects (MLS)Millard-GublerMiller-DiekerMiller-FisherMitochondrial DNA Deletion (MDDS)MobiusMohr-TranebjaergMorvanMoschcowitzMowat-WilsonMPV17-related Hepatocerebral MDDSMuenke NNeuroleptic MalignantNijmegen BreakageNoonanNothnagelOOHAHAOhtaharaOpitzOpsoclonus MyoclonusOral-Facial-Digital Type 1Osler-Weber-RenduPPallister-HallPanayiotopoulosParaneoplastic ParinaudParry-RombergParsonage-TurnerPatau Trisomy 13PEHOPena-ShokeirPendred (DFNB4)PerryPfeiffer Type 2PHACESPhelan-McDermidPitt-HopkinsPOEMSPoland Prader-WilliProteusRRaeder’s ParatrigeminalRamsay Hunt Type IRamsay Hunt Type IIRasmussenRenpenningRettReyeRiley-DayRosenberg-ChutorianRoussy-LevyRubinstein-TaybiRussell-SilverSSaethre-ChotzenSandiferSatoyoshiSchimmelpenning-Feuerstein-MimsSchneiderSchwarts-BartterSchwartz-Jampel Type 1ASepto-Optic | Neurological Syndromes: A Clinical Guide to Symptoms and Diagnosis offers a concise, invaluable resource for understanding how a group of neurologic symptoms or signs collectively characterize a disease or disorder. Intended as a quick reference guide to the better known and some less familiar syndromes of neurological interest and developed by a renowned pediatric neurologist with more than 40 years experience in treating children, adolescents, and young adults, this handy title provides a definition of each syndrome that includes diagnostic characteristics and abnormalities, a differential diagnosis, genetic considerations, and a short list of references. To those readers who can recall the name of a syndrome, the alphabetical presentation should facilitate a review of the major diagnostic characteristics. The original reference is provided for historical interest, and review articles are included to show recent advances in etiology and treatment. The index is arranged in alphabetical order of the named syndromes and also according to the involvement of various organs in addition to the nervous system. A unique contribution to the literature, Neurological Syndromes: A Clinical Guide to Symptoms and Diagnosis will be of great interest to the wide variety of clinicians treating patients with neurologic disease. | <p>​Focused, concisely written text that outlines the recognition and management of neurological syndromes </p><p>Concisely written to enhance practical grasp of material </p><p>Authored by a renowned pediatric neurologist</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7656-6 | Interventional Radiology | Jolesz | [NAME] | Intraoperative Imaging and Image-Guided Therapy |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 920 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 920 p. 504 illus., 386 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 339 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- History of Image-Guided Therapy at Brigham and Women’s Hospital.- Modeling and Simulation.- [NAME] for Intraoperative Imaging and IGT.- Registration and Segmentation for Image Guided Therapy.- Navigation.- Visualization and Display for Image-Guided Therapy.- Validation of New Procedures and Training Processes Through Physical Task Analysis.- X-Ray Fluoroscopy.- Technology of Ultrasound Guided Therapy.- Innovations in Ultrasound Instrumentation for Image Guidance.- CT-guided Interventions: Current Practice and Future Directions.- Real-time and Interactive MRI.- Deformable registration for IGT.- PET/CT for Interventional Use.- Intraoperative Optical Imaging.- Surgical Navigation Technology.- Navigation with the Integration of Device Tracking and Medical Imaging.- 3D Slicer: a Platform for Subject-Specific Image Analysis, Visualization, and Clinical Support.- Design and Construction of An Image-Guide Procedure Room.- The Hybrid Neurovascular Operating Room.- A Multimodal Diagnostic, Interventional, and Surgical Procedure Suite: The MRI/X-ray/Operation Suite (MRXO).- Workflow Analysis, Design Modeling and Simulation for the Multimodality Imaging Operating System (MITOS).- The Advanced Multi-Modality Image-Guided Operating (AMIGO) Suite.- Image-guided Radiation Therapy: Quality and Performance in Cancer Intervention.- Image-Guided Brachytherapy.- MRI Monitoring and Control of Cryoablation.- MRI-Guided Focused Ultrasound.- Image Guided Endoscopy.- Intra-Operative Guidance Using 3D Scene Reconstruction from Endoscopic Images.- Image-Guided Robotics in Minimally Invasive Therapies.- Magnetic Resonance Image-Guided Neurosurgery.- High Field Intraoperative MR-Guided Neurosurgery.- A Rationale for the Use and Development of Methods for Image-Guided Brain Tumor Surgery.- Brain Shift and Updated Intraoperative Navigation with Intraoperative MRI.- Multimodality Navigation in Neurosurgery.- Image-Guided Neurosurgical Planning.- Intraoperative MRI in Pediatric Neurosurgery.- Intraoperative CT in Neurosurgery.- [NAME] in Neurosurgery.- [NAME] in Neurosurgery.- MRI-Guided and Controlled Laser-Induced Interstitial Thermal Therapy of Brain Tumors Using Integrated Navigation and Thermal Mapping.- MRI-Guided Interstitial Laser Therapy of Brain Tumors.- Optical Navigation.- Functional Neurosurgery with MRI-Guided HIFU.- Progress in Neurosurgical Robotics.- Image Guidance in Spine Surgery.- Image-Guided Bone Interventions.- Image-Guided Orthopedic Surgery.- Computer-assisted Orthopaedic Surgery.- Robotic Arm Assisted Unicompartmental Knee Arthroplasty: Preoperative Planning And Surgical Technique.- Intraoperative Imaging in Cardiac Surgery.- MRI-Compatible C-arm Imaging for Cardiac Intervention.- Image-Guided Cardiac Electro-Physiology Procedures Focusing on MRI-Guidance.- MR Enhancing Implants.- MR Imaging and the Biopsy of Prostate Cancer.- Image-Guided Prostate Brachytherapy.- Multimodality Guidance in Endoscopic and Laparoscopic Abdominal Procedures.- Image-Guided Liver Surgery.- Soft Tissue Navigation and [NAME] Support.- MR-Guided Radiofrequency Ablation of Liver Tumours.- Magnetic Resonance Imaging Guided Breast Intervention and Surgery.- Image-Guided Otorhinolaryngology.- Image-Guided Sinus Endoscopy. | Image-guided therapy (IGT) uses imaging to improve the localization and targeting of diseased tissue and to monitor and control treatments. During the past decade, image-guided surgeries and image-guided minimally invasive interventions have emerged as advances that can be used in place of traditional invasive approaches. Advanced imaging technologies such as magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), computed tomography (CT), and positron emission tomography (PET) entered into operating rooms and interventional suites to complement already-available routine imaging devices like X-ray and ultrasound. At the same time, navigational tools, computer-assisted surgery devices, and image-guided robots also became part of the revolution in interventional radiology suites and the operating room. Intraoperative Imaging and Image-Guided Therapy explores the fundamental, technical, and clinical aspects of state-of the-art image-guided therapies. It presents the basic concepts of image guidance, the technologies involved in therapy delivery, and the special requirements for the design and construction of image-guided operating rooms and interventional suites. It also covers future developments such as molecular imaging-guided surgeries and novel innovative therapies like MRI-guided focused ultrasound surgery. IGT is a multidisciplinary and multimodality field in which teams of physicians, physicists, engineers, and computer scientists collaborate in performing these interventions, an approach that is reflected in the organization of the book. Contributing authors include members of the National Center of Image-Guided Therapy program at Brigham and Women’s Hospital and international leaders in the field of IGT. The book includes coverage of these topics:- Imaging methods, guidance technologies, and the therapy delivery systems currently used or in development.- Clinical applications for IGT in various specialties such as neurosurgery, ear-nose-and-throat surgery, cardiovascular surgery, endoscopies, and orthopedic procedures. - Review and comparison of the clinical uses for IGT with conventional methods in terms of invasiveness, effectiveness, and outcome.- Requirements for the design and construction of image-guided operating rooms and interventional suites. | <p>Discusses the technical and clinical aspects of image-guided therapies</p><p><p>Covers intraoperative imaging in neurosurgery, cardiovascular interventions, abdominal surgeries, and orthopedic procedures</p><p><p>Incorporates cutting-edge image acquisition technologies such as real-time MRI, CT fluoroscopy, and molecular imaging</p><p><p>Offers unique comparisons of competing alternative technologies</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7437-1 | Maternal and Child Health | Chatterjee | [NAME] | Vaccinophobia and Vaccine Controversies of the 21st Century |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 497 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 497 p. 7 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27025 | Maternal and Child Health | MJTF | [NAME] | [NAME] | MJCM | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter 1 The History of [NAME]: Conquering Diseases, Plagued by Controversy.- Chapter 2 Vaccine Development and Safety.- Chapter 3 Known Vaccine-Associated Adverse Events.- Chapter 4 Communicating Vaccine Risks and Benefits.- Chapter 5- [NAME] Refusal- Perspectives from Pediatrics.-Chapter 6 The Anti-vaccine Movement – A Pharmacist’s View.-Chapter 7 Antivaccinationism – Parental viewpoint.-Chapter 8 The Vaccine Misinformation Landscape in Family Medicine.- Chapter 9 Vaccines:  [NAME] or [NAME] – a Nurse’s Outlook.-Chapter 10 The Controversy That Will Not Go Away: Vaccines and Autism.- [NAME], M.D., Ph.D..- Chapter 11 Thimerosal and other Vaccine Additives.-Chapter 12 Perceived risks from live viral vaccines.-Chapter 13 Can Vaccines Cause Cancer?.-Chapter 14 Autoimmunity, [NAME], and Asthma - A Relationship to Vaccines.- Chapter 15 The Role of Public Heath Ethics in Vaccine Decision Making: Insights from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.-Chapter 16 Alternative Schedules – Why not?.-Chapter 17 [NAME] and [NAME] Syndrome.- Chapter 18 Can Vaccines Cause Chronic Diseases?.- Chapter 19 Kawasaki Disease and Sudden Infant Death Syndrome:  Any Connection to Vaccination?.- Chapter 20 Political and Legal Issues in Vaccination.-Chapter 21 The Media’s Role in [NAME] Misinformation.- Chapter 22 Vaccines and The Internet.- Chapter 23 An International Perspective on Vaccine Safety.- Chapter 24 An Infection Prevention Perspective on Immunizations.- Chapter 25  Insights from Public Health:  A Framework for Understanding and [NAME]. | Vaccinophobia and Vaccine Controversies of the 21st CenturyArchana [NAME], editor Once hailed as a medical miracle, vaccination has come under attack from multiple fronts, including occasionally from within medicine. And while the rates of adverse reactions remain low, suggestions that vaccines can cause serious illness (and even death) are inspiring parents to refuse routine immunizations for their children--ironically, exposing them and others to potentially serious illness. [NAME] and Vaccine Controversies of the 21st Century explains clearly how this state of affairs came into being, why it persists, and how healthcare professionals can best respond. Current findings review answers to bedrock questions about known adverse events, what vaccine additives are used for, and real and perceived risks involved in immunization. Perspectives representing pediatricians, family practitioners, nurses, parents, pharmacy professionals, the CDC, and the public health community help the reader sort out legitimate from irrational concerns. In-depth analyses discuss the possibility of links with asthma, cancer, [NAME] syndrome, SIDS, and, of course, autism. Included in the coverage:Communicating vaccine risks and benefitsThe vaccine misinformation landscape in family medicinePerceived risks from live viral vaccinesThe media's role in vaccine misinformationAutoimmunity, allergies, asthma, and a relationship to vaccinesVaccines and autism: the controversy that won't go awayThe conundrums described here are pertinent to practitioners in pediatrics, family medicine, primary care, and nursing to help families with informed decision making. In addition, Vaccinophobia and Vaccine Controversies of the 21st Century should be read by trainees and researchers in child development and maternal and child health as the book's issues will have an impact on future generations of children and their families. | <p>Contributors are well known experts from medicine, nursing, vaccinology, and epidemiology  </p><p> Provides health professionals with the information to address vaccine concerns from their patients  ​</p><p>Comprehensive resource that tackles current questions encountered by health professionals about the safety of vaccines, from autism to cancer   </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8044-0 | Maternal and Child Health | Lara-Cinisomo | [NAME]; Katherine Leah Wisner | Perinatal Depression among Spanish-Speaking and Latin American Women | A Global Perspective on Detection and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 225 | Hard cover | Book | XXI, 225 p. 12 illus., 3 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27025 | Maternal and Child Health | MJTF | SCX22000 | Sociology, general | JHB | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​​​​​​ ​Chapter 1:A global perspective on postpartum depression: An overview of the current research with Spanish-speaking women in the U.S. and abroad.- Chapter 2:Characteristics of Hispanic Women Screened for Postpartum Depression.-Chapter 3:Maternity, migration and mental health: Comparison between Spanish and Latina immigrant mothers in postpartum depression and health behaviors.-Chapter 4:Assessment, Engagement and Treatment Entry for Latina Women with Perinatal Depression.- Chapter 5:Screening for postpartum depression in Chilean women with the Postpartum Depression Screening Scale, Spanish version.-Chapter 6:Perinatal Depression Treatments for U.S. Latinas: A Review of Research Findings.-Chapter 7:Psychosocial and cultural considerations in detecting and treating depression in Latina perinatal women in the United States.-Chapter 8:Perinatal depression in Mexican women: Prevalence, risk factors, and prevention of postpartum depression.-Chapter 9:Treating Latinas with postpartum depression: Two case reports.- Chapter 10:[NAME], the Silent Epidemic: An autobiographical story of postpartum depression in Mexico.- | Perinatal Depression among Spanish-Speaking and Latin American WomenA Global Perspective on Detection and Treatment  [NAME] and Katherine Leah Wisner, editors As more is known about postpartum depression, the more it is recognized as a global phenomenon. Yet despite the large numbers, information about this condition as experienced by Spanish speaking women and [NAME] has not always been easy to come by. Perinatal Depression among Spanish-Speaking and Latin American Women focuses on four diverse Latina populations (Mexico, Chile, Spain, and U.S.) to analyze key similarities and differences within this large and wide-ranging group. This first-of-its-kind reference reviews current research on the topic, including prevalence, screening methods, interventions, and--of particular salience for this population--barriers to care.Findings on psychoeducation, assessment tools, and cognitive-behavioral and other forms of therapy provide important insights into best practices, and continuity of care. And psychosocial, cultural, and linguistic considerations in working with [NAME] are described in depth for added clinical usefulness. This landmark volume: Outlines characteristics of Spanish-speaking women and [NAME] screened for postpartum depressionIntroduces the Edinburgh Postnatal Depression Scale, English and Spanish versions, and reviews their use with Latina womenCompares postpartum depression and health behaviors in Spanish and Latina immigrant mothersOffers streamlined assessment-to-intervention modelsProvides two in-depth case studies illustrating cultural factors influencing the treatment of [NAME] with perinatal depression.Presents an instructive firsthand account of postpartum depression. Between its thorough coverage of the issues and its innovative clinical ideas, Perinatal Depression among Spanish-Speaking and Latin American Women has a wealth of information of interest to researchers and practitioners in maternal and child health, obstetrics/gynecology, mental health, and women’s health. | <p>​​​Unique resource for researchers in maternal health who work with Spanish-speaking women in the U.S., and in Spanish-speaking countries around the world</p><p>​​Draws from research conducted in Latin America, Spain, and the U.S.</p><p>Focuses on the need for culturally relevant and sustainable interventions for postpartum depression</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-86-9 | Medicine (general) | Citrome | [NAME] | Handbook of Treatment-resistant Schizophrenia |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 80 p. 1 illus. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCY00007 | Psychology, general | JM | Medicine, General | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- A general treatment approach.- Adherence – the great masquerade of treatment-resistance.- Dosing of antipsychotics – what evidence do we use?.- Psychopharmacological approaches.- Somatic treatments.- Nonpharmacological approaches.- Conclusions. | Handbook of Treatment-resistant Schizophrenia is a concise review of treatment-resistant schizophrenia’s definition, measurement tools, adherence issues, substance abuse, optimal dosing, clinician–patient relationships, and current management approaches. The book was originally commissioned with the intention of creating a comprehensive text focusing on treatment-resistant schizophrenia and its management. The book explores many aspects of the background and practice- and research-based evidence for treating this complex subset of schizophrenia, including psychopharmacological, somatic, and nonpharmacological treatment approaches. While exploring the various therapies for treatment-resistant schizophrenia, Dr Citrome also emphasizes the importance of building strong and trusting relationships between patients and their clinicians so the clinician can best manage their patient’s adherence and overall treatment. | <p>Comprehensive synopsis of pharmacological, somatic, and nonpharmacological therapies, assessment tools, and treatment methods based on clinical trials</p><p>Easily accessible text and tables reviews the major clinical trials</p><p>Focus on patient support, which prepares clinicians to tailor their treatment strategies for each individual patient, which in turns helps build a stronger therapeutic alliance</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4717-6 | Medicine (general) | Dimick | [NAME]; Caprice Greenberg | Success in Academic Surgery: Health Services Research |  | Success in Academic Surgery |  | 1 | 2014 | 180 | Soft cover | Book | XX, 180 p. 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2013-09-20 00:00:00 |  |  | HSR and the future of academic surgery.- What is health services research?.- Comparative effectiveness research.- Assessing patient-centered outcomes.- Methods for enhancing causal inference in observational studies.- Data synthesis studies: decision analysis, cost-effectiveness analysis, and meta-analysis.- Understanding variation in surgery.- Disparities in the use and outcomes of surgery.- Qualitative research in surgery.- Patient safety in surgery.- Implementation science and quality improvement.- Evaluating healthcare policy in surgery. | Surgical education is a rapidly expanding area of surgical research and career interest, and as the  Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and International courses offer more and more specialty tracking there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses.    Success in Academic Surgery:  Health Services Research is a unique and portable handbook that focuses on clinical trials. It includes new educational materials which are necessary to address: (1) the rapid evolution and rise of novel research methodologies in basic science and clinical/educational research and (2) the changing environment for academic surgeons.    Success in Academic Surgery:  Health Services Research is a valuable text for medical students, surgical residents and others considering a career within surgery. | Success in Academic Surgery:  Health Services Research is a handy, portable text which offers practical guidance on developing a career within surgical education   Written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery    Contains full color illustrations | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5252-9 | Medicine (general) | Gaddi | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | eHealth, Care and Quality of Life |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 35 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH28009 | Health Informatics | MBG | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer Milan | Planned | 2013-10-15 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Introduction: The debate over eHealth.- 2 Definitions of eHealth.- 3 An introduction to the technological basis of eHealth.- 4 eHealth and me: The implications of the Net for health care relationships.- 5 Legally eHealth.- 6 EU support to eHealth and cost-benefits.- 7 No (e)Health without (e)Research.- 8 eHealth policy.- 9 The high-tech face of eHealth.- 10 The data-driven revolution of healthcare.- 11 eEducation and eHealth: a call for action.- 12 Conclusions. | The debate over eHealth is alive as never before. Supporters suggest that it will result in dramatic innovations in healthcare, including a giant leap towards patient-centered care, new opportunities to improve effectiveness, and enhanced wellness and quality of life. In addition, the growing market value of investments in health IT suggests that eHealth can offer at least a partial cure for the current economic stagnation.  Detractors counter these arguments by claiming that eHealth has already failed: the UK Department of Health has shut down the NHS National Program for IT, Google has discontinued its Health flagship, and doubts have arisen over privacy safeguards for both patients and medical professionals. This book briefly explains why caregivers, professionals, technicians, patients, politicians, and others should all consider themselves stakeholders in eHealth. It offers myth-busting responses to some ill-considered arguments from both sides of the trench, in the process allowing a fresh look at eHealth. In addition, it describes how the technical failures of previous eHealth systems can be avoided, examines the legal basis of eHealth, and discusses associated ethical issues.​ | <p>Offers a multidisciplinary approach to the subject </p><p>Covers micro- and macroeconomics, technical issues, health policy, and the role of the different stakeholders </p><p>Explains how to avoid the technical failures of eHealth systems proposed in the past  ​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7362-6 | Medicine (general) | Gainsburg | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Anesthesia for Urologic Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 670 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 670 p. 39 illus., 35 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH13001 | Anesthesiology | MMB | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.    Anesthesia and Renal Function:  Perioperative Considerations.- 2.    Preoperative Evaluation of the Geriatric Patient.- 3.    Anesthesia for Urological Endoscopic Procedures.- 4.    Anesthesia for Office-Based Urological Procedures.- 5.    Extracorporeal Shock [NAME] and [NAME] Nephrolithotripsy.- 6.    Anesthesia for Laparoscopic and Robotic-assisted Urological Procedures.- 7.    Anesthesia for Renal Transplantation:  Recipient and Donor Care.- 8.    [NAME] for Pheochromocytoma.- 9.    Anesthesia for Pediatric Urology.- 10.  Open Urological Procedures:  Anesthetic Considerations in Radical Cystectomy with Diversion, Radical Prostatectomy, and Radical Nephrectomy.- 11.  The Pregnant Patient.- 12.  Positioning for Urological Procedures.- 13.  Management of the Urological Patient Taking Anticoagulant or Antiplatelet Medication.- 14.  Pain Management.- 15.  Use of the Simulation Laboratory to Teach Urological Anesthesia.- 16. Legal Considerations in [NAME]. | This is a concise, up-to-date reference on anesthesia for urological surgery.  Urological anesthesia is not recognized as a specialty, and a majority of anesthesiologists and nurse anesthetists will provide anesthesia for these patients.  Advances in urological procedures, the advent of treatment of patients with strong anticoagulant and antiplatelet medications, and the demographics of urology patients (many of whom are young or elderly) present challenges for the anesthesiologist and have necessitated changes in anesthesia practice.  The last volume on this topic was published in 2000, and the time is right for a fresh presentation of contemporary expertise in anesthesia for urological surgery.The book provides a brief review of renal physiology and pharmacology then addresses anesthesia for each major group of urological procedures (e.g., endoscopic, office-based, laparoscopic and robotic, nephrolithotripsy, renal transplantation, etc.) and in special populations, including the geriatric patient, the pediatric patient, and the pregnant patient.  Separate chapters discuss the unique challenges of positioning the patient, and of managing the patient taking anticoagulant and antiplatelet medication, and the chapter on pain management addresses common and important perioperative concerns.   The book provides a brief review of renal physiology and pharmacology then addresses anesthesia for each major group of urological procedures (e.g., endoscopic, office-based, laparoscopic and robotic, nephrolithotripsy, renal transplantation, etc.) and in special populations, including the geriatric patient, the pediatric patient, and the pregnant patient.  Separate chapters discuss the unique challenges of positioning the patient, and of managing the patient taking anticoagulant and antiplatelet medication, and the chapter on pain management addresses common and important perioperative concerns. | <p>International authorship of anesthesiologists</p><p>No other up-to-date book on the topic </p><p>Includes coverage of anesthesia for the increasing number of urological procedures performed in the office</p><p>The book includes coverage of these topics:</p><p><p>The book includes coverage of these topics:</p><p>Renal physiology and pharmacology</p><p>Urologic anesthesia in all age groups, and in both the operating room and outpatient setting</p><p>Special considerations in the pregnant patient and in renal transplantation</p><p>Anesthesia for robotic surgery of the prostate </p><p>In older patients, problems arising from co-morbidities and the risk of drug interactions</p><p>Appropriate pain management in inpatient and outpatient settings</p><p>The unique challenges of positioning the patient</p><p>Medico-legal considerations, including analyses from the closed claims study</p><p>Multidisciplinary authorship of anesthesiologists, surgeons, and renal physiologists No other up-to-date book on the topic Includes coverage of anesthesia for the increasing number of urological procedures performed in the office</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5360-1 | Medicine (general) | Goisis | [NAME] | Injections in Aesthetic Medicine | Atlas of Full-face and Full-body Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 215 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 215 p. 825 illus., 822 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH59087 | Plastic Surgery | MNP | Dermatology | Professional book | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Fillers.- 2 Aesthetic analysis of the face: the maxillofacial deformity.- 3 Standard Evaluation of the patient: the Merz Scale.- 4 Temporal fossa.- 5 Frontal area.- 6 Malar area.- 7 Tear Trough.- 8 Nasolabial Folds.- 9 Nose.- 10 Marionette Lines.- 11 Lips.- 12 Chin.- 13 Neck.- 14 Arms.- 15 Hands.- 16 Breast.- 17 Gluteus.- 18 Calf.- 19 Scars.- 20 Full-face and Full-body Treatment.- 21 Complications.- 22 Customer Relationship Management in Aesthetic Medicine.- 23 Complementary treatments.- 24 Products. | The use of injectables, known as dermal fillers, is becoming ever more popular in aesthetic medicine. Full-face and full-body treatments using such fillers are increasingly substituting for various surgical techniques; not only do they provide immediate results at a lower cost, but they also avoid the use of general anesthesia and shorten the recovery period. In addition, dermal fillers can be successfully used for body remodeling, for example in patients with bow legs and those requiring breast remodeling.This book outlines the fundamental principles of the use of different fillers and injection techniques in the treatment of facial and body areas. An impressive collection of sequential color photographs illustrate the procedures step by step and demonstrate the results. The volume will be an invaluable tool for aesthetic doctors, practicing dermatologists, plastic surgeons, and all other physicians interested in the field of aesthetic medicine.​ | <p>Step-by-step description of full-face treatment and body remodeling with fillers </p><p>Detailed guidance on injection procedures </p><p>Numerous sequential color photographs </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1083-2 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | Niraj Kumar | Biogeogens & Human Health |  | SpringerBriefs in Public Health |  | 1 | 2013 | 83 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 83 p. 10 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCL21001 | Evolutionary Biology | PSAJ | Medicine, General | Brief | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introducing the Concept of Biogeogens.- Dogma of Biogeogens.- Establishing the concept of Biogeogens.- Our studies on rural/tribal populations.- Supporting Evidences from the Evolutionary History of Man.- Evolution of Alternative System of Medicines is itself an Explanatory Evidence, supporting the theory of Biogeogens. | Health of the people is the most important indicator of the development of a nation. Health is a state of complete physical, mental and social well being and not merely the absence of disease or infirmity (as defined by WHO). The state of health of an individual or population depends upon complex interaction of the physical, biological, political and social domains. The environment affects the human health in a big way. People tend to be most susceptible to illness when physically or mentally stressed. Stress, energy and immunity form a closely knit network. Through his experimental findings, the author has brought out this intricate concept of interdependence of biotic (living) and abiotic (non-living) factors in an ecosystem, resulting in an impact on human health, in an explicitly marvelous manner. As a result, a new word “Biogeogens” has been coined, “bio” for living (biotic) , “geo” for non-living (abiotic/geographical/climatic/environment) and “gens” for the interactive proceeds of the two. The content included herein is directly concerned with the societal health and gives a clue to many socio-psycho health problems presently not handled with care. It also defines a multidimensional approach for dealing with many psychosomatic and health problems. | <p>The book provides a multidimensional approach for dealing with many psychosomatic and health problems</p><p>The book deals with the impact of neuro-psycho-behavior on dietary pattern and its correlation with the occurrence of diseases</p><p>The effect of dietary patterns on humans with respect to their geography of health is well explained with the most updated references</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11644 | Chemistry and Materials Science
 | 978-1-4614-7632-0 | Medicine (general) | Launois | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Posterior Intrahepatic Approach in Liver Surgery |  | Medical Intelligence Unit |  | 1 | 2013 | 178 | Hard cover | Book | XXII, 178 p. 176 illus., 18 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB |  |  |  | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer New York | Available | 2013-08-02 00:00:00 | 2013-06-14 00:00:00 |  | Surgical Anatomy of the Liver and Associated Structures.- General Principles of Liver Surgery.- Left Hepatectomy and Extended Left Hepatectomy.- Right Hepatectomy and Extended Right Hepatectomy.- Segmentectomy Procedures: The Left Liver.- Segmentectomy Procedures: The Right Liver.- Resection of the Dorsal Sector: Segmentectomy 1 and Segmentectomy 9.- Liver Resections Associated with Proximal Bile Duct Cancer.- Liver Resection Associated with Resection of Gallbladder Cancer.- Repair of Post‑Cholecystectomy Strictures.- Hepatectomies by Laparoscopic Approach: Intra‑Glissonian Approach versus Extra‑Glissonian and Posterior Approach. | The objective of The Posterior Intrahepatic Approach in [NAME] is to describe techniques, as the more routine application today of split liver, living donor transplantation has continued to teach us more about the anatomy of the liver and its applications. Furthermore, laparoscopic surgery in general has grown space and it is important to show the application of the posterior approach in laparoscopic liver surgery as well. | <p>Describes techniques </p><p>Laparoscopic liver surgery </p><p>Living donor transplantation</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8368-7 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Injury Research | Theories, Methods, and Approaches |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 676 | Soft cover | Book | XXII, 676 p. 115 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH27010 | Health Promotion and Disease Prevention | MBN | Public Health | Graduate/advanced undergraduate textbook | Springer US | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Injury Surveillance.- Chapter 1. Surveillance of Injury Mortality.- Chapter 2. Surveillance of Injury Morbidity.- Chapter 3. [NAME] in Special Populations.- Chapter 4. Surveillance of Traumatic Brain Injury.- Part II. Injury Causation.- Chapter 5. Forensic Patholoy.- Chapter 6.Determination of Injury Mechanisms.- Chapter 7. Ergonomics.- Chapter 8. Experimental Methods.- Chapter 9. Epidemiologic Methods.- Chapter 10.- Qualitative Methods.- Chapter 11. Environmental Determinants.- Chapter 12. Behavioral Determinants.- Part III. Injury Outcome.- Chapter 13. Injury Profiling.- Chapter 14. Injury Severity Scaling.- Chapter 15. Triage.- Chapter 16. Prediction Rules.- Chapter 17. Biomarkers of Traumatic Injuries.- Chapter 18. Functional Outcomes.- Chapter 19. Injury Costing Frameworks.- Part IV. Analytical Approaches.- Chapter 20. Statistical Considerations.- Chapter 21. Video Data Analysis.- Chapter 22. Age-Period-Cohort Modeling.- Chapter 23. Multilevel Modeling.- Chapter 24. Geographic Information Systems.- Chapter 25. Spatial Regression.- Chapter 26. Social Network Analysis.- Part V.  Approaches to Injury Reduction.- Chapter 27. Legal Approach.- Chapter 28. Public Policy.- Chapter 29. Environmental Approach.- Chapter 30. Technological Approach.- Chapter 31. Behavioral Approach.- Chapter 32. EMS and [NAME] 33. Systems Approach to Patient Safety.- Chapter 34. Intervention in Low-Income Countries.- Chapter 35. Implementing and Evaluating Interventions.- Chapter 36. Economic Evaluation of Interventions. | Injury is recognized as a major public health issue worldwide. In most countries, injury is the leading cause of death and disability for children and young adults age 1 to 39 years. Each year in the United States, injury claims about 170,000 lives and results in over 30 million emergency room visits and 2.5 million hospitalizations. Injury is medically defined as organ/tissue damages inflicted upon oneself or by an external agent either accidentally or deliberately. Injury encompasses the undesirable consequences of a wide array of events, such as motor vehicle crashes, poisoning, burns, falls, and drowning, medical error, adverse effects of drugs, suicide and homicide. The past two decades have witnessed a remarkable growth in injury research, both in scope and in depth. To address the tremendous health burden of injury morbidity and mortality at the global level, the World Health Organization in 2000 created the Department of Injury and Violence Prevention, which has produced several influential reports on violence, traffic injury, and childhood injury. The biennial World Conference on Injury Control and Safety Promotion attracts a large international audience and has been successfully convened nine times in different countries. In the United States, the National Center for Injury Prevention and Control became an independent program of the federal Centers for Disease Prevention and Control in 1997. Since then, each state health department has created an office in charge of injury prevention activities and over a dozen universities have established injury control research centers. This volume will fill an important gap in the scientific literature by providing a comprehensive and up-to-date reference resource to researchers, practitioners, and students working on different aspects of the injury problem and in different practice settings and academic fields. | <p>First text focusing on contemporary injury research methods, illustrated by real examples</p><p>Covers recent developments in theories, methods, concepts, and techniques in injury research</p><p>Includes quantitative, qualitative, experimental, and observational methods from multiple disciplines</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5414-1 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | [NAME] | Resistant Hypertension | Epidemiology, Pathophysiology, Diagnosis and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 195 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 195 p. 27 illus., 16 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Resistant Hypertension: Definition, Prevalence and Cardiovascular Risk.- 2. Resistant Hypertension: Neurohumoral Aspects.- 3 Metabolic Alterations.- 4. Cardiac and Vascular Alterations in Resistant Hypertension.- 5 The Pathophysiology of the Kidney in Resistant Hypertension.- 6 False vs. True Resistant Hypertension.- 7 Causes of Resistant Hypertension.- 8 24-hour Ambulatory BP Monitoring and Home BP Measurements in Resistant Hypertension.- 9 Factors Predicting Blood Pressure Response to Treatment.- 10 Treatment of Resistant Hypertension. Which Additional Antihypertensive Drugs?.- 11 The Role of Renal Denervation.- 12 The Role of Carotid Baroreceptor Stimulation.- 13 Pathophysiology: Metabolic Alterations and Risk Factors.- 14 Follow-up of Patients with Resistant Hypertension.- 15 Resistant Hypertension: Cost-Benefit Considerations.- 16 Involvement of Health Professionals From the General Practitioner to the Hypertension Specialist and the Hypertension Center. | A growing number of people suffer from so-called resistant hypertension, that is to say, high blood pressure that does not respond to treatment. This disorder is of great current interest and importance for public health, being a common clinical problem faced by both primary care clinicians and specialists. Furthermore, as older age and obesity are among the strongest risk factors for uncontrolled hypertension, the incidence of resistant hypertension will likely increase as the population becomes more elderly and heavier. While the prognosis of resistant hypertension is unknown, cardiovascular risk is undoubtedly increased since patients often have a history of long-standing, severe hypertension complicated by multiple other cardiovascular risk factors. This volume, compiled by a panel of world-renowned experts, offers a comprehensive exploration of resistant hypertension, covering epidemiology, complex diagnostic aspects, and the therapeutic options currently available, with due attention to overall treatment strategies. New therapeutic agents and procedures, such as renal denervation and baroreceptor stimulation, are also described. In addition, the book addresses the economic aspects of resistant hypertension and the role of the different professional figures, from GPs to hypertension specialists, in dealing with it. | <p>Growing popularity of resistant hypertension because of its prevalence, risk and cost to Health Care System </p><p>New therapeutic options of great current (and presumably future) popularity and use </p><p>A topic never addressed systematically in all its aspects​</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4305-5 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | [NAME] | Social Media in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 153 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 153 p. 57 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCI23060 | Health Informatics | UBH | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Social media is transforming medicine and healthcare.- Using medical search engines with a special focus on Google.- Being up-to-date in medicine.- Community sites Facebook, Google+ and medical social networks.- The World of E-Patients.- Establishing a medical blog.- The role of [NAME] and microblogging in medicine.- Collaboration online.- Wikipedia and Medical Wikis.- Organizing medical events in virtual environments.- Medical smartphone and tablet applications.- Use of social media by hospitals and medical practices.- Medical video and [NAME] presentations and slideshows.- E-mails and privacy concerns.- Social Bookmarking.- Conclusions.​ | The number of patients using social media and the number of applications and solutions used by medical professionals online have been sky-rocketing in the past few years, therefore the rational behind creating a well-designed, clear and tight handbook of practical examples and case studies with simple pieces of suggestions about different social media platforms is evident. While the number of e-patients is rising, the number of web-savvy doctors who can meet the expectations of these new generations of patients is not, this huge gap can only be closed by providing medical professionals with easily implementable, useful and primarily practical pieces of advice and suggestions about how they should use these tools or at least what they should know about these, so then when an e-patient has an internet-related question, they will know how to respond properly.   As all medical professionals regardless of their medical specialties will meet e-patients, this issue with growing importance will affect every medical professionals which means there is a huge need for such a easily understandable handbook.​ | <p>Every relevant social media topic is reviewed in relation to the practice of medicine</p><p>The format brings freshness and practical pieces of advice to the readers</p><p>Uses real stories and examples​ to highlight key concepts in the use of social media</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4678-0 | Medicine (general) | Pawlik | [NAME]; [NAME] | Success in Academic Surgery: Clinical Trials |  | Success in Academic Surgery |  | 1 | 2014 | 132 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 132 p. 12 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 39.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2013-09-20 00:00:00 |  |  | ​1. Building your Clinical Trial Research Team.- 2. Clinical Trials: Ensuring Quality and Standardization.- 3. Statistics - Setting the Stage.- 4. Clinical Trials: Handling the Data.- 5. Data Safety Monitoring Boards.- 6. Planning for Data Monitoring and Audits.- 7. The Budget.- 8. [NAME] in Human Subjects Research.- 9. Publishing a Clinical Trial.- 10. Device Versus Drug Clinical Trials: Similarities and Important Differences.- 11. Defining the Study Cohort: Inclusion and Exclusion Critieria.- 12. History of Clinical Trials.- 13. Ethics of Clinical Trials.- 14. Trial Design: Overview of Study Designs (Phase I, II, III, IV, Factorial Design). | Surgical education is a rapidly expanding area of surgical research and career interest, and as the  Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and International courses offer more and more specialty tracking there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. | <p>Success in Academic Surgery:  Clinical Trials is a handy, portable text which offers practical guidance on developing a career within surgical education   </p><p>Written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery   </p><p>Success in Academic Surgery: Clinical Trials offers advice on all aspects of clinical trials, from trial design and building a research team, to statistics and getting your trial published</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-2-287-79930-3 | Medicine (general) | Poitout | [NAME]; [NAME] | Mini-Invasive Surgery of the Hip |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 174 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 174 p. 143 illus., 103 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 79.95 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer Paris | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Total hip arthroplasty through an Anterior Hueter Minimally Invasive approach on Orthopaedic Table.- Total hip arthroplasty Navigated through an Anterior Hueter Minimally Invasive approach on Orthopaedic Table.- MIS of the Hip through an Anterior approach on Lateral position.- MIS of the Hip through Smith Petersen approach on lateral position with mini-stem.- MIS of the Hip through anterior approach. Approach on Supine position.- MIS of the Hip through Watson Jones approach on Supine position.- MIS of the Hip through a Trans-trochant. Approach on Lateral position.- MIS of the Hip through a Direct Lateral approach on lateral position.- MIS of the Hip through Mini post approach on Lateral position.- MIS Hip resurfacing through an anterior approach on Supine position.- MIS Hip resurfacing posterior approach.- MIS and CAS with posterior approach.- [NAME] with CAS. | In recent years, mini-invasive surgery has become increasingly important for reducing the risk of infection and minimizing blood loss and volume of implants.Hip surgery requires small incisions, which make the use of the appropriate equipment and an extensive knowledge of the anatomy of the region essential.Mini-invasive surgery requires the surgeon to consider the indications for surgery for each patient he treats and to know the exact loco-regional anatomy for that patient. Methods must be very precise and warrant visual explanations to help teach young surgeons.In this book, the different surgical approaches to the hip are presented in terms of their anatomical specifications and indications. Films of these operations, performed by international specialist authors, and some of these images are used to explain the surgical techniques described in the book.The highly didactic and visual presentation based on filmed operations is very helpful for the understanding of these methods. | <p>Contains surgery video </p><p>Experts from all over Europe</p><p>A reference book on MIS of the hip</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-0830-3 | Medicine (general) | Prasad | [NAME] | Fundamentals of Evidence Based Medicine |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 160 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 160 p. 10 illus., 6 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer India | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Chapter 1.Introduction to evidence-based medicine.- Chapter 2.Finding the current best evidence .- Chapter 3.Therapy:fundamental concepts .- Chapter 4.Therapy:critical appraisal-part 1 (validity).- Chapter 5.Therapy:critical appraisal- part 2 (interpreting results).- Chapter 6.Diagnostic test: Fundamental concepts.- Chapter 7.Diagnostic test: Critical appraisal.- Chapter 8.What is the information? (How to evaluate the results if a diagnostic test paper).- Chapter 9.Systematic review and meta analysis: fundamental concepts.- Chapter 10.Meta -analysis: critical appraisal.- Chapter 11.Prognosis .- Chapter 12.Examples of critical appraisal. | This is a basic book on evidence-based medicine (EBM). It starts with an introduction to the topic. It outlines the relationship between EBM and research and quality of care. Then It goes on to cover the most commonly used modules of EBM, i.e. therapy, diagnosis, prognosis and meta-analysis. Each module starts with an introduction to fundamental concepts, and description of the related research process, and then follows the critical appraisal of related type of research artcle. At the end, it covers the different systems of grading of level of evidence and strength of recommendations. The book also has three examples of critical appraisal on diagnosis, therapy, and meta-analysis.​ | <p>Systematically addresses all concepts of concepts </p><p>How to critically evaluate best evidence, diagnostic tests, systemic reviews, and meta-analysis </p><p>Written for practitioners in an easy-to-understand format  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-4690-2 | Medicine (general) | Pugh | [NAME]; [NAME] | Success in Academic Surgery: Developing a Career in Surgical Education |  | Success in Academic Surgery |  | 1 | 2013 | 150 | Soft cover | Book | V, 150 p. 6 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. An Overview of Opportunities in Surgical Education.- 2. Opportunities in Medical Student Education.- 3. Opportunities in Resident Education.- 4. Opportunities in Simulation Centers.- 5. Getting Involved at a National Level.- 6. Getting Promoted as a Surgical Educator.- 7. Leadership Courses.- 8. The Business and Finance of Surgical Education.- 9. Mentors and Mentoring.- 10. Training Opportunities in Medical and Surgical Education.- 11. Exploring Advanced Degrees.- 12. Overview of Medical Education Research.- 13. [NAME] in Surgical Educational Research.- 14. Research Funding.- 15. Getting Your Work Published. | ​ Success in Academic Surgery:  Developing a Career in Surgical Education is a unique and portable handbook that offers careers advice and guidance to medical students, surgical residents and others considering a career within surgery.   Surgical education is a rapidly expanding area of surgical research and career interest, and as the  Association for Academic Surgery (AAS) Fall Courses (www.aasurg.org) and International courses offer more and more specialty tracking there is a greater need for an accompanying textbook to supplement the material presented in the courses. Success in Academic Surgery:  Developing a Career in Surgical Education expands on some of the important issues related to surgical education highlighted in the AAS courses by addressing key areas such as how to acquire the skills necessary for success in this field, how to develop a research program in surgical education as well as offering guidance on applying for research grants, among other things. | <p>​Success in Academic Surgery:  Developing a Career in Surgical Education is a handy, portable text which offers practical guidance on developing a career within surgical education </p><p>Written by expert authors from around the world who are members of the Association for Academic Surgery </p><p>Success in Academic Surgery:  Developing a Career in Surgical Education provides information on how to take advantage of leadership opportunities and includes pointers for further training</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7302-2 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Health Impact Assessment in the United States |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 435 p. | 0 | approx. | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB |  |  |  | Medicine, General | Monograph | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-08-24 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Health Impact Assessment (HIA) is a method for predicting the potential (sometimes unintended) effects of a policy or program on the health of a population. HIA evolved from the awareness that many policies which have no explicit health goals nonetheless impact the health of the community. For example, research has demonstrated a linkage between the characteristics of the built environment and health. The built environment (land use patterns, transportation systems, urban design) represents the collective outcome of public and private projects, policies, and other activities and it affects where and how people live, travel, work, shop, and interact with each other. It influences everything from traffic to agriculture, job opportunities to crime rates, air quality to cultural norms, and their daily impact on human health.   Communities contend with many different types of health threats, such as emerging epidemics of obesity, diabetes, and other chronic diseases; infectious diseases; environmental pollution; and mental illness. The purpose of HIA is to translate public health data into relevant information for decision-makers, and to promote a collaborative and cross-sectoral approach to health promotion and disease prevention.   This book explains the basic framework of HIA, describes the history of HIA in the US and look for comparisons in the international arena. Finally, it will compile a guide to best practices, preferred resources, and comprehensive theoretical and operational framework for current and potential practitioners. Includes domestic and international case studies.​ | Focuses on HIA as a tool for policy in the US   Brings together the theory, evidence, training resources for incorporating health into routine public practices     Provides guidelines for methods and best practices in HIA​ | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8350-2 | Medicine (general) | Selker | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Affordable Care Act as a National Experiment | Lessons from the Nation’s Largest Health Policy Experiment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 204 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 204 p. 36 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 29.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: The Affordable Care Act as a National Experiment.- Objectives of the ACA.- Delivering on the Promise of the Affordable Care Act.- What We Got (and What Might Have Been): A Distinctively American Approach.- Commentary to Section II: Conducting the Experiment.- The Affordable Care Act as an Experiment: Data We Have, Expect to Have, and Should Have, from a Vermont Pilot Study.- The Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation: Its Purpose, Processes, and Desired Outcomes.- The Dream of a National Health Information Technology Infrastructure.- Results from a Massachusetts Pilot Study.- Commentary to Section III: Engaging the Public.- The Value Proposition for Individuals and the Public.- Messaging, Medicine, and Obamacare.- Commentary to Section IV: From Personal to Political to Policy: What Next?.- Supreme Court Review of the ACA and Political Gamesmanship.- Medicaid Expansion Challenges States.- Next Experiments in ACA Legislation and Policy.- Epilogue. | This book examines the landmark 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) from the perspective of health policy research as translational science.  It delineates a new perspective about the creation and potential impact of the ACA and guides the development of health policy that is supported by best evidence that, in turn, transforms into practice, policy, and public benefit. Told by those involved in the creation and implementation of the ACA, the book reviews the history and impact of this ground-breaking legislation and recommends priorities, objectives, and next steps for translational research as the ACA is implemented.  The book includes coverage of these topics:·         Objectives of the ACA·         Analysis of data collected from healthcare reform programs in Vermont and Massachusetts to inform national implementation of the ACA ·         Engaging the public in, and building support for, ACA implementation ·         Interplay of federal, state, and local healthcare policy decisions arising from the enforcement of the ACA        Featuring contributions from nationally renowned leaders in healthcare policy, this book adds to the public conversation about the ACA and its role in shaping health policy and contributes to a more realistic, nuanced, and productive understanding of this landmark legislation by physicians, policy makers, and the public. It also provides a framework for next steps in continuing to improve U.S. health policy. | <p>Written by nationally renowned health care leaders </p><p>Discusses the Affordable Care Act from a translational perspective </p><p>Timely and concise​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7734-1 | Medicine (general) | Sethi | [NAME]; [NAME] | An Introduction to Health Policy | A Primer for Physicians and Medical Students |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 280 | Soft cover | Book | X, 280 p. 12 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH27030 | Health Administration | MBPM | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The History of Healthcare in the United States Pre-1965.- Medicare and Its Evolution to 2011.- Medicaid and the State Children's Health Insurance Program.- Breaking Down Health Care Insurance from HMO to PPO and Beyond.- Understanding Quality and Cost from a Health Policy Perspective.- Prevention and U.S. Healthcare.- The Rise of Comparative Effectiveness Research.- Health Information Technology: Clinical and Policy Context.- Prescription Drug and Pharmaceuticals Policy.-  Health Disparities.- The Economics of Healthcare.-  The American Healthcare System: Understanding How the Pieces Come Together.- Alternative Systems of Care and Consumer-Driven Healthcare.- National Healthcare Systems: A Worldview.- Reimbursement:  Understanding How We Pay For Healthcare.- How Healthcare Policy Is Made in Washington: Understanding the Players and the Game.- Government and State Agencies:   Who Administrates Healthcare on Federal and State Levels?.- The 2006 Massachusetts Health Care Reform.-    The 2010 Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act:  What Is It and How Will It Change Healthcare?. | Based on the current climate of our nation’s finances and healthcare spending, it is clear that young doctors and medical students are likely to see a dramatic transformation of the manner in which America offers medical care to its citizens over the course of their careers.  As such, it is pivotal that the next generation of America’s leaders on the front lines of medicine develop a sense of where healthcare has evolved from and future potential directions of change. An Introduction to Health Policy: A Primer for Physicians and Medical Students is the first of its kind: a book written by doctors for doctors in order to allow busy physicians and medical students to quickly develop an understanding of the key issues facing American healthcare. This book seeks to efficiently and effectively educate physicians and medical students in a clinical context that they can understand on the past, present, and potential future issues in healthcare policy and the evolution of American healthcare. The reader will walk away from the book with the ability to discuss the fundamental issues in American healthcare with ease. | <p>Written by doctors for doctors </p><p>Up-to-date with current policy developments and changes </p><p>Concise, engaging, and easy to understand</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-76-0 | Medicine (general) | [NAME] | [NAME] | Managing Breakthrough Cancer Pain |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 98 | Soft cover | Book | XIII, 98 p. 14 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Medicine, General | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- What is cancer breakthrough pain?.- Medications for cancer breakthrough pain.- Practical approach to the management of cancer breakthrough pain.- Abuse, aberrant drug behavior, diversion, and addiction.- TIRF REMS Access program.- Summary. | Managing Cancer [NAME] is a comprehensive review of cancer breakthrough pain (cBTP) and rapid-onset opioids (ROO), the only treatment approved for cBTP episodes. The book was originally commissioned due to the current rapid growth of the ROO market and the epidemic of ROO abuse. This book will review the historical background and definitions of cBTP and ROOs, assessment methods to determine types of cBTP, US- and EU-approved ROOs, case studies (which will provide practical applications of ROO treatment options), ROO abuse and screening methods, and the FDA-mandated TIRF REMS Access program (Transmucosal Immediate Release Fentanyl Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies Access program). Busy healthcare professionals who have a basic understanding of cancer pain but want to learn more about cBTP and ROOs will benefit from this concise guide that will help them quickly understand the complexities of cBTP episodes and ROOs. | <p>Guide for all currently approved ROOs in the US/EU </p><p>Easily accessible text, figures, and illustrations offer practical approaches for managing cBTP with ROOs, while also understanding ROO abuse, screening techniques, and the TIRF REMS </p><p>Access program to monitor for ROO abuse </p><p>Detailed hypothetical case studies take readers through a step-by-step process of determining the appropriate treatment plan for their patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01043-4 | Medicine (general) | Zaidi | [NAME] | Ethics in Medicine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 265 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 265 p. | 0 | final | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Part 1. Ethics through the ages: 1 . Early period.- 2. Greek period - Sophists and [NAME]  et al.- 3. Arab period.- 4. Bacon - Bertrand Russell.- 5. [NAME] 2. Metaphysics, religious- secular perspectives: 6. Analysis of secular and religious thought.- Part 3. Cultural anthropology and medical ethics: 7. Normative principles, autonomy, beneficence, non maleficence and justice.- 8. Universalism or Relativism.- 9. Medical ethics in a pluralistic society.- Part 4. Nomenclature and description: 10. Principles and sources of medical ethics.- 11. Justice: a pillar of ethics. Distributive justice and international clinical trials.- Part 5. The role of ethics in evolution of medicine: 12.Research ethics.- 13. Human experimentation.- 14. The scourge of drug trials.- 15. Human embryonic stem cell research.- 16. Stem cell in cultivation of sensory organs, curing deafness.- 17. Cybrid. Is science going mad?.- 18. Teaching medical ethics.- Part 6. Reproductive health, ART, IVF, Abortion, Pregenetic diagnosis (PGD): 19. [NAME] Technologies.- 20. IVF, Pre genetic diagnosis, termination of pregnancy.- 21. Surrogacy.- Part 7. Managed health care: 22. Rationing. Services within limited resources.- 23. Futility of treatment. Euthanasia.- 24. Therapeutic nihilism.- Part 8. Quality of life issues: 25. Care of the elderly, and QALYS.- 26. Hospices and palliative care.- 27. Controversial pathways , passive euthanasia. Assisted life termination.- 28. Assisted life prolongation and end of life issues.- Part 9. Physicians' oaths: 29. Lessons drawn from [NAME] 30. Hippocratic oath and contemporary faith based oaths. | This book both presents a succinct history of medical ethics and discusses a wide range of important ethical dilemmas in the provision of modern health care. A synopsis is provided of ethics through the ages and the role of ethics in the evolution of medicine. Principles and sources of medical ethics, as well as different religious and secular perspectives, are explained. Ethical concerns in relation to a variety of specific issues are then examined. These issues include, for example, human experimentation, stem cell research, assisted reproductive technologies, termination of pregnancy, rationing of health care, euthanasia, and quality of life issues. The author’s many years of practicing medicine in different cultures and countries and his passion for theology works, philosophy, literature, poetry, history, and anthropology have informed and enriched the contents of this stimulating book. | <p>​Succinct history of medical ethics and the role of ethics in the evolution of medicine </p><p>Discussion of ethical dilemmas in relation to a variety of issues, including assisted reproductive technologies, termination of pregnancy, rationing of health care, and euthanasia </p><p>Written by an author with many years of practicing medicine in different cultures and countries</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8165-2 | Nephrology | Fervenza | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Core Concepts in Parenchymal Kidney Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 506 | Hard cover | Book | X, 506 p. 107 illus., 73 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Core Concepts in Parenchymal Kidney Disease provides comprehensive and state-of-the-art information on the diagnosis, treatment, classification and pathogenesis of glomerular and tubulointerstitial diseases.  Chapters feature various clinical scenarios and are authored by a team of renowned experts in the field.  Experienced clinicians and trainees alike will find this authoritative reference to be a valuable resource and contribution to the literature. | <p>Comprehensive and up-to-date guide to diagnosing and treating parenchymal kidney diseases </p><p>Chapters feature illustrated pathology figures and clinical scenarios</p><p>Authored by leaders in glomerular and tubulointerstitial diseases</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-12482-2 | Nephrology | Phadke | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Manual of Pediatric Nephrology |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 640 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 640 p. 129 illus., 64 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | This manual will meet the everyday needs of the wide range of medical professionals who play a role in the treatment of children referred to hospital because of renal disease. It is an easy-to-use, portable guide that will assist pediatricians, residents, and trainees in making prompt first-level management decisions. It will also prove invaluable for the adult nephrologists who care for children in many developing countries, and will serve as a teaching guide for experts when training non-subspecialists. Individual sections are devoted to the evaluation of renal disease; fluid, electrolyte, and acid-base disorders; glomerular diseases; tubular disorders; congenital, inherited, and urological disorders; consequences of renal disease; and miscellaneous topics. The text is in a bulleted format with tables and algorithms wherever possible, making it straightforward and easy to read. An appendix includes further important information such as normal values, drug dosages, and drug nephrotoxicity. | <p>A comprehensive, easy-to-use, portable manual that will assist pediatricians, residents, and trainees in making prompt and appropriate first-level management decisions in children with renal disease</p><p>A useful teaching guide for experts when training non-subspecialists</p><p>Easy-to-read text in bullet format, with helpful tables and algorithms</p><p>Suitable for practitioners in both developed and developing countries</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-0-85729-590-3 | Neurology | Brandt | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Vertigo and Dizziness | Common Complaints |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 189 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XII, 189 p. 63 illus., 33 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | Neurology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Introductory Remarks.- Patient history.- Neuro-ophthalmological and Neuro-otological.- Laboratory Examinations and Imaging.- General Principles of Therapy.- 2. Peripheral Vestibular Forms of Vertigo.- Benign Paroxysmal Positioning Vertigo.- Vestibular Neuritis (Acute Partial Unilateral Vestibular Deficit).- Menière’s Disease.- Vestibular Paroxysmia.- Bilateral Vestibulopathy.- Perilymph Fistulas.- 3. Central Vestibular Forms of Vertigo.- Central Vestibular Syndromes.- Vestibular Migraine / Migraine of the Basilar Type.- 4. Traumatic Forms of Vertigo.- Traumatic Peripheral Vestibular forms of Vertigo.- Traumatic Central Vestibular Forms of Vertigo.- Traumatic Cervicogenic Vertigo.- Post-traumatic Psychogenic Vertigo.- 5. Somatoform Vertigo and Dizziness Syndromes.- Overview of the somatoform vertigo and dizziness syndromes.- Phobic Postural Vertigo.- 6. Various Vertigo Syndromes.- Vertigo in Childhood and Hereditary Vertigo Syndromes.- Drug-induced Vertigo.- Cervicogenic Vertigo.- Motion Sickness.- Height Vertigo and Acrophobia. | Vertigo and Dizziness: Common Complaints, Second Edition revises and updates the first edition to reflect the advances that have taken place in this field. Valid epidemiological studies are now available on the prevalence and incidence of these illnesses. There have been improvements in diagnostic criteria and important new principles in the treatment of vertigo and balance disorders are outlined for use in clinical practice, supported by video examples. Practitioners are also given access to the wealth of new, scientifically interesting findings on the pathophysiology, etiology, signs and symptoms and current treatment of peripheral and central vestibular disorders as well as somatoform vertigo, summarised in concise and accessible form. Written by experts in the field, Vertigo and Dizziness: Common Complaints, Second Edition is a practical guide for physicians of different specializations who treat patients with vertigo including neurologists, ENT specialists, neuro-otologists, and neuro-ophthalmology and ophthalmology specialists as well as general medicine practitioners. | <p>New and completely updated edition incorporating ground breaking new treatments available </p><p> </p><p>Authoritative guide by a group of the leading practitioners and researchers in the field </p><p> </p><p>Accompanied by video footage presenting typical case histories and clinical findings to inform daily practice in an accessible, easy-to-follow form</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39021-0 | Neurology | Del Brutto | [NAME]; [NAME] | Cysticercosis of the Human Nervous System |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 116 | Hard cover | Book | V, 116 p. 48 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | [NAME] | Parasitology | MMFP | Neurology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Foreword.- 2 History of taeniasis and cysticercosis.- 3 Epidemiology of human cysticercosis:.- Cysticercosis in endemic regions.- Cysticercosis in travelers and non-endemic regions.- 4 Life cycle and biological characteristics of Taenia solium.- 5 Neuropathology of cysticercosis and evolutive stages of cysticerci.- 6 Immunopathogenesis of cysticercosis.- 7 Clinical manifestations of Parenchymal neurocysticercosis:.- Epilepsy.- Focal neurological deficits.- Cognitive decline and psychiatric alterations.- Increased intracranial pressure.- 8 Clinical manifestations of Extraparenchymal neurocysticercosis:.- Intraventricular NCC.- Cysticercosis of the Sylvian fissure and basal CSF cisterns.- [NAME] NCC of the convexity.- 9 Diagnosis of cysticercosis (and Taeniasis):.- Neuroimaging.- Immunological diagnosis.- Other exams.- Diagnosis of taeniasis.- Diagnostic criteria for neurocysticercosis.- 10 Management of neurocysticercosis:.- Cysticidal drugs (albendazole and praziquantel) Surgery.- 11 Control and perspectives for elimination. | ​Neurocysticercosis (neural infection by larvae of Taenia solium) occurs when humans become intermediate hosts of the tapeworm Taenia solium after ingesting its eggs. The disease is now the most common helminthic infection of the nervous system in humans, and its prevalence has risen significantly even in countries where it was formerly considered exotic. The introduction of modern neuroimaging and serologic techniques has improved the diagnosis of neurocysticercosis; furthermore, the development of potent cysticidal drugs has changed the prognosis of most affected patients. Nevertheless, much remains to be learned about this parasitic disease. This book provides a comprehensive and up-to-date review of the various aspects of cysticercosis of the nervous system that will be of interest to all who are involved in the care of patients with this disease. Epidemiology, neuropathology, immunopathogenesis, clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management are all thoroughly discussed based on current evidence and practice. | <p>​Comprehensive and up-to-date review of cysticercosis of the human nervous system </p><p>Thorough discussion of clinical manifestations, diagnosis, and management </p><p>Explains the role of modern neuroimaging and serologic techniques</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2427-6 | Neurology | Ferro | [NAME] | [NAME] of Cerebrovascular Diseases |  | [NAME] Disease |  | 1 | 2013 | 338 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 338 p. 25 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part 1: Psychiatry of Stroke.- Delirium in stroke patients.- Poststroke Illusions and Hallucinations.- Depression after Stroke.- Mania.- Anxiety Disturbances in Stroke Patients.- Apathy.- Disturbances in the voluntary control of emotional expression after stroke.- Poststroke Aggressiveness.- Neuropsychiatric Symptoms of Cerebrovascular Diseases.- Part 2: Psychiatry of Vascular Cognitive Impairment.- Neuropsychiatric symptoms of [NAME] aspects of vascular cognitive impairment.- Part 3: Cerebrovascular Disease and Psychiatric Disturbances.- Psychological and psychiatric triggers and risk factors for stroke.- Vascular Depression.- Cerebrovascular Disease and [NAME]. | [NAME] of Cerebrovascular Diseases is an up-to-date, comprehensive review of the neuropsychiatry of stroke, by active authorities in the field, with an emphasis on diagnostic and management issues.  [NAME] of Cerebrovascular Diseases includes critical appraisal of the methodological aspects and limitations of the current research on the neuropsychiatry of stroke and on unanswered questions/controversies. Pharmacological aspects of management are discussed, to provide robust information on drug dosages, side effects and interaction, in order to enable the reader to manage these patients more safely. Illustrative cases provide real life scenarios that are clinically relevant and engaging to read. [NAME] of Cerebrovascular Diseases is aimed at neurologists, stroke physicians and psychiatrists, and will also be of interest to intensive care doctors, psychologists ad neuropsychologists, research and specialist nurses, clinical researchers and methodologists. | <p>Neuropsychiatric complications in cerebrovascular disease have become an increasing focus of interest as an indicator of outcome </p><p>Comprehensive overview by experts in the field internationally  </p><p>Provides an overview of new drugs available that may be useful in the management of stroke patients</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5250-7 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Neurology at the Bedside |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 363 | Soft cover | Book | XXIV, 363 p. 85 illus., 50 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 69.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN |  |  |  | Neurology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | What to expect from this book (and what not [NAME] history and neuroanatomy 'Where is the lesion?'.- Neurological bedside examination 'Can I confirm my anatomical hypothesis?'.- Differential diagnosis 'What is the lesion?'.- Ancillary investigations.- Treatment of neurological [NAME]. | This book teaches readers the clinical skills residents in neurology have to acquire in the course of their training, and approaches neurology like a doctor approaches a patient: first there is a chapter on how to perform an efficient neurological history according to neuroanatomical key features, then a chapter on the bedside examination, followed by chapters on differential diagnosis, diagnostic procedures and lastly, the treatment.   Neurology at the Bedside aims to provide readers with a personal clinical mentor. It takes them by the hand and guides them through the whole patient encounter from the history to the treatment, at each step pointing out what is essential and what is not. Extensive differential diagnostic flow charts and detailed treatment suggestions make it a perfect coat pocket reference for the wards. In addition, more than 50 unique case histories cover the entire spectrum of the field. [NAME] at the Bedside is written for neurologists in training: residents as well as senior house officers. Also medical students, general practitioners and others with an interest in neurology will find invaluable information here that is difficult to look up in traditional textbooks or online references. | <p>Reflects the course of the neurological consultation: history, bedside examination, differential diagnosis, investigations, treatment </p><p><p>Relevant neuroanatomy from a strictly clinical point of view   </p><p><p>Practical tips and clinical pearls </p><p><p>Comprehensive discussion of neurological differential diagnoses, which are illustrated in flow charts   </p><p><p>Comprehensive lists of treatment options​</p><p><p>Practical tips and clinical pearls, including more than 50 unique case histories covering the entire spectrum of the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7626-9 | Neurology | Kothare | [NAME]; [NAME] | Parasomnias | Clinical Characteristics and Treatment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 687 | Hard cover | Book | I, 687 p. 37 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I – OVERVIEW 1 Introduction.  2 Pathophysiology of Parasomnias  3 Classification of Parasomnias  4 Diagnostic Approach to Parasomnias   Section II – CLINICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF AROUSAL DISORDERS 5 Sleep walking in Adults 6 Sleep walking in children and adolescents 7 Sleep Terrors and Confusional Arousals in Adults 8 Sleep Terrors and Confusional Arousals in children and adolescents   Section III – CLINICAL CHARACTERSITICS OF SLEEP-WAKE TRANSITION  DISORDERS  9 Sleep-starts and sleep-talking   Section IV- CLINICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PARASSOMNIAS ASSOCIATED WITH REM SLEEP 10 Nightmare disorder in adults 11 Nightmare disorder  in children and adolescents 12 Recurrent isolated sleep paralysis in children and adults 13 Sleep-related hallucinations 14 REM sleep behavior disorder in adults 15 REM sleep behavior disorder in children and adolescents   Section V – OTHER PARASOMNIAS 16 Paroxysmal Nocturnal Dystonia 17 Sleep-related dissociative disorders 18 Sleep-Bruxism 19 Sleep-Enuresis 20 Sleep-related eating disorder 21 Sexomnias 22 Overlap parasomnias   Section VI – NEUROLOGICAL , PSYCHIATRIC AND MEDICAL DISORDERS PRESENTING AS PARASOMNIAS   23 Neurological disorders presenting with parasomnias 24 Psychiatric disorders presenting with parasomnias 25 Medical disorders presenting with parasomnias 26 Differential diagnosis of other sleep disorders and parasomnias   Section VII – INTERVENTIONS FOR PARASOMNIAS   27 Behavioral  treatment interventions to parasomnias 28 Pharmacological treatment of parasomnias 29 Alternative medicine approach to the treatment of parasomnias   Section VIII-  MEDICOLEGAL ASPECTS 30 Forensic Issues of Parasomnias ​ | Parasomnias are phenomena that occur exclusively during sleep or are exacerbated during sleep/wake transition.  These disorders are known to contribute towards impaired quality of life, disturbed and non-restorartive sleep, risk for injuries to self and others, and often associated with other medical, neurological, and psychiatric disorders.  Advances in sleep medicine have revealed a high prevalence of parasomnias across all ages.  With the growing interest for diagnosing and management of parasomnias in sleep medicine, a practical guide to parasomnias is greatly needed. Parasomnias provides a comprehensive review of epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical characteristics, diagnostic evaluation and treatment of parasomnias across the patient’s life span.  Written by experts, each chapter integrates the latest research and clinical data. In addition, several chapters address medico-legal and forensic aspects of parasomnias. Clinicians and researchers with an interest in sleep medicine will find Parasomnias to not only be an important contribution to the literature, but an indispensible guide to identifying, understanding and treating this disorder. | <p>Provides a comprehensive review of pathophysiology, epidemiology, clinical characteristics, diagnostic evaluation and treatment of parasomnias across the life span</p><p>Each clinical chapter ends with “Practical Points” </p><p>Includes case examples, illustrations, such as PSG and EEG fragments, tables, and flow charts</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-470-8 | Neurology | [NAME] | [NAME]; Noriaki Hattori | Neuroimaging of Movement Disorders |  | Current Clinical Neurology | 44 | 1 | 2013 | 290 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 290 p. 85 illus., 53 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Neurology | Contributed volume | Humana Press | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-04 00:00:00 |  |  | In the diagnosis and treatment of movement disorders, the use of neuroimaging has expanded widely and has been an exciting, important modality for unlocking the causes of abnormal motor control.  With ever improving machinery, data collection techniques and analysis methods, researchers are now being presented with an exponentially increasing amount of data that they must wade through and interpret in the context of existing knowledge about movement disorders. In Neuroimaging in Movement Disorders, the editors have produced a gold-standard resource that brings together an impressive international group of authorities in their respective fields to outline the current state of knowledge.  Controversies, such as conflicting findings and methodological limitations,  are covered and provide the reader with a comprehensive yet pragmatic understanding of the state of science.  The chapters offer both comprehensive reviews of various neuroimaging methods and also more in-depth summaries of the contributions made by neuroimaging in individual movement disorders.  Although many of the neuroimaging methods that are discussed have not been routinely used in clinical practice, the authors skillfully provide the reader with adequate detail to understand the requirements for using these methods and in some cases even the starting knowledge to begin local implementation.  Neuroimaging in Movement Disorders is an indispensable reference that will be of value to all physicians and researchers involved in the care of patients with movement disorders. | <p>First comprehensive, multidisciplinary review of all aspects of imaging modalities in movement disorders</p><p>Compilation of work from an internationally recognized group of experts </p><p>Provides a clear explanation of the methods and a summary of the research findings in each area of movement disorders</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5190-6 | Neurology | Rana | [NAME]; [NAME] | Neurological Emergencies in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 203 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 203 p. 26 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH22000 | Emergency Medicine | MMK | Neurology | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Coma.- Delirium.- Dizziness and vertigo.- Facial weakness.- Giant cell arteritis/ temporal arteritis.- [NAME] syndrome.- Headache.- Head injury.- Meningitis and encephalitis.- Multiple sclerosis.- Myasthenia gravis.- Neck and back pain.- Neuroleptic malignant syndrome.- Postherpetic neuralgia.- Pseudotumor cerebri/ benign intracranial hypertension.- Seizures and status epilepticus.- Spinal cord compression.- Stroke and TIA.- Syncope.- Transient global amnesia.- Visual impairments.- Appendix.  ​ | Neurological Emergencies in Clinical Practice discusses neurological emergencies in a stepwise fashion including stabilizing the patient, identifying the cause, and treating the underlying cause. It is useful in several settings including the emergency room, hospital in-patient service as well as the intensive care unit.Neurological Emergencies in Clinical Practice has a wide appeal and relevance to disciplines including neurology, emergency medicine, critical care medicine, internal medicine and family medicine. Medical students and residents may use this convenient, pocket-sized book to prepare for and succeed in their training examinations and it is also useful for other house staff and practicing physicians. | <p>Helps the reader develop a systematic approach towards neurological emergencies  </p><p>Pertinent radiological images e.g. CT scans, MRIs are featured </p><p>Topics arranged alphabetically</p>Six practical and high yield appendices are provided for quick reference | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-60327-587-3 | Neurology | Riviello, JR | [NAME], JR; [NAME] | Seizures in Pediatric Neurocritical Care |  | Current Clinical Neurology |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. | 0 | approx. | 125 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Neurology | Contributed volume | Humana Press | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Basic Mechanisms of Epilepsy.- A,B,C’s, and hemodynamics.- The intracranial Vault, ICP, CBP.- Basic electrolyte disturbances.- Evaluation.- Examination of the Critically Ill Child.- EEG: Neonatal and older.- Neuroimaging.- Epilepsy Mimics: the Differential  Diagnosis, Syncope.- Infectious/Inflammatory Disorders.- Stroke.- Cardiac Neurology.- Transplantation.- Systemic Disorders.- Metabolic Disorders.- Neonatal Seizures: Etiology.- Intoxication/Ingestion.- Non-convulsive status epilepticus.- Neurosurgical Issues, Head Trauma.- Iatrogenic/Postoperative Seizures.- Neonatal seizures and neonatal status epilepticus.- Status epilepticus.- Refractory Status epilepticus. | This book will have four sections. The first section will be an introduction to the basic mechanisms of epilepsy; the basics of airway, breathing, circulation, and hemodynamics; the pathophysiology of the intracranial vault; and electrolyte disturbances. The next section will be on the evaluation of the child with a seizure or status epilepticus, including the examination; the use of EEG in both neonates and older children; neuroimaging; and very important, the differential diagnosis of disorders that mimic seizures. The third section will include the specific disease categories in which seizures and status epilepticus occur; and the fourth will review the treatment of neonatal seizures and status epilepticus; seizures and status epilepticus in the older child; and finally refractory status epilepticus. Specifically for the third section, each chapter will start with a description of the specific pathophysiology of this disorder, its effects on the pathophysiology of seizures, and then the specific seizure treatment and management of the disorder. There is an increasing awareness that the outcome of seizures and status epilepticus occurring with acute encephalopathies is worse, and especially, when new-onset status epilepticus develops in sick inpatients and that the therapy should be more aggressive. To date, there is no book that specifically deals with seizures in pediatric neurocritical care, and no recent book on pediatric neurocritical care in general. Given the various specialties involved in the care of these patients, this book will be a useful addition to your neurology, and neurocritical care, series of books. |  | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7671-9 | Neurology | Schweizer | [NAME]; [NAME] | The Behavioral Consequences of Stroke |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 380 p. 50 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 199 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Neurology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Stroke Epidemiology, Etiology, and Background.- Treatment of Stroke.- Sensorimotor Control after Stroke.- [NAME]: Types, Neural Correlates, and Implications for Clinical Assessment and Function in Daily Living.- Spatial Neglect: Not Simply Disordered Attention.- Post-Stroke Aphasia.- Disorders of Emotional Communication after Stroke.- Dysexecutive Syndrome after Stroke.- Memory Loss after Stroke.- Behavior after Aneurysmal Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: Cognition and Functional Outcome.- Cognitive Dysfunction after Intracerebral Hemorrhage, [NAME], and Other Stroke Syndromes.- Post-Stroke Depression.- Better Dead than Alive? Quality of Life after Stroke.- MRI Methods Applied to Stroke.- Clinical Outcomes, Stroke Trials, and Cognitive Outcome.- Cognitive Rehabilitation and Recovery after Stroke. | A comprehensive, state-of-the-art  contribution to a field that is rapidly developing, The Behavioral Consequences of Stroke provides a broad overview of the cognitive and neurobehavioral effects of stroke.  As attention to paralysis and the more obvious physical disabilities stroke patients incur expands, greater attention is being paid today to the cognitive and neurobehavioral complications that impact stroke morbidity and even functional neurological recovery in patients.  Written by an international panel of experts and edited by a neurosurgeon and by a cognitive neuroscientist, this unique title addresses the full range of issues relevant to the field, including epidemiology, general treatment, sensorimotor control after stroke, post-stroke aphasia, memory loss after stroke, post-stroke depression, the role of imaging after a stroke, and an update on some stroke clinical trials, to name just some of the areas covered.   Illuminative and an influential addition to the literature, The Behavioral Consequences of Stroke will serve as an invaluable resource for neurologsits, neurosurgeons, physiatrists and other physicians, as well as physical, speech and occupational therapists, nurses, psychologists, and other professionals. | <p>Comprehensive title in a rapidly evolving field of research</p><p>Written by an international panel of authorities in the field</p><p>Sheds new light on aspects of critical care stroke treatment, imaging and diagnosis, in-patient treatment, and full range of post-care issues</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-36484-6 | Neurology | Zaidi | [NAME]; [NAME] | Vertigo | A Clinical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 196 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 196 p. 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | Neurology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Chapter 1: Nomenclature, Epidemiology & applied basic sciences.- Physiology and Anatomy.- Neurotransmitters.- Vestibulo-ocular reflex.- Cerebellar Tests.- History and Clinical examination.- Nystagmus.- [NAME]’s test/ Dix- Hallpike test etc.- Radiology.- Vestibular tests.- Audiometry.- Chapter 2: Clinical conditions.- [NAME] disease.- BPPV.- Vestibular migraine.- Cervical vertigo.- Acoustic neuroma.- Perilymph fistula.- Vestibular neuritis.- Epidemic Labyrinthitis.- Travel [NAME] Ototoxicity.- [NAME] Otitis Media.- Central Causes :TIA,Multiple Sclerosis.- Noise.- Vertigo in children.- Miscellaneous conditions.- Chapter 3: Rehabilitation.- Vertigo in the elderly.- Quality of life.- Ethical issues. | ​This monograph on vertigo is based on the personal, hands-on, practical and clinical experience of managing vertigo in a large university-affiliated hospital. It covers all aspects of the subject, offering the latest information on epidemiology, aetiopathogenesis, diagnostics, the battery of vestibular and allied tests, treatment, rehabilitative management and ethical considerations. The neglected but substantial problem of paediatric vertigo is addressed, as are the many pathologies in the elderly population that can lead to disequilibrium and repeated falls. This book will prove of value to a range of practitioners, including family physicians, otologists, audiologists, vestibular scientists, neurologists, paediatricians, geriatricians, physiotherapists, rehabilitation therapists  and general doctors, as well as medical and nursing students. | <p>​Based on the personal, hands-on experience of managing vertigo in a large university-affiliated hospital </p><p>Provides the latest information on epidemiology, aetiopathogenesis, diagnosis, treatment and rehabilitation </p><p>Covers paediatric vertigo as well as the many vertigo-associated disorders in the elderly</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-5857-0 | Neuroradiology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Functional Brain Tumor Imaging |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 250 | Hard cover | Book | 250 p. 153 illus., 126 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 179 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Section I: Diagnosis and Characterization of Brain Tumors.- MR perfusion imaging—ASL, T2* DSC and T1 DCE methods.- Diffusion Tensor Imaging.- Molecular imaging.- Role of PET in Neuro-Oncology.- MR Spectroscopic Imaging.- Section II: Physiologic Imaging for Planning and Monitoring of Therapeutic Intervention.- [NAME] fMRI for Pre-surgical Planning.- [NAME] fMRI for Pre-surgical Planning.- DTI for Pre-surgical Planning.- MSI/MEG for Pre-surgical Planning.- Role of BOLD and DTI in Radiation Therapy Planning.- BOLD and DTI Assessment of Brain Plasticity.- MR Perfusion Imaging for Monitoring Treatment Response.- MR Spectroscopic Imaging Role in Assessing Tumor Progression vs. Treatment Effects.- PET Role in Assessing Tumor Progression vs. Treatment Effects.- Role of MRSI and PET in Assessing Therapeutic Response.- Section III: Future Directions in Physiologic [NAME] Imaging.- Role of Novel MR Perfusion Sequences in Brain Tumor Imaging—VASO, iVASO, [NAME] of BOLD Imaging in Monitoring Therapeutic Intervention.- Advanced Diffusion Imaging—HARDI, DSI, New Approaches to Fiber Tracking.- Ultra-High Field Diffusion Imaging.- Ultra-High Field MRSI.- Ultra-High Field Non-Proton Magnetic Resonance Imaging, including Sodium Imaging.- Future Clinical Applications of Molecular Imaging—Nanoparticles, [NAME], Imaging of Gene Expression.- Future Role of MSI/MEG in Brain Tumor Research. | This book presents a comprehensive overview of current state-of-the-art clinical physiological imaging of brain tumors.  It focuses on the clinical applications of various modalities as they relate to brain tumor imaging, including techniques such as blood oxygen level dependent functional magnetic resonance imaging, diffusion tensor imaging, magnetic source imaging/magnetoencephalography, magnetic resonance perfusion imaging, magnetic resonance spectroscopic imaging, amide proton transfer imaging, high angular resolution diffusion imaging, and molecular imaging. Featuring contributions from renowned experts in functional imaging, this book examines the diagnosis and characterization of brain tumors, details the application of functional imaging to treatment planning and monitoring of therapeutic intervention, and explores future directions in physiologic brain tumor imaging.  Intended for neuro-oncologists, neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists, residents, and medical students, Functional Imaging of Brain Tumors is a unique resource that serves to advance patient care and research in this rapidly developing field. | <p>Comprehensive but concise overview of current state-of-the-art clinical functional/physiologic imaging of brain tumors </p><p>Written by leading experts in the field </p>Serves to advance both patient care and research in this rapidly developing field | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01001-4 | Neuroradiology | Rana | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Neuroradiology in Clinical Practice |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 100 | Soft cover | Book | X, 100 p. 71 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH2903X | Neuroradiology | MMPH | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Radiology | Manual | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introductory biochemical and biophysical principles.- Vascular disorders.- White matter diseases and demyelination.- Tumors.- Neurodegenerative conditions.- Developmental anomalies.- Acquired/structural problems.- Neurotrauma.- Infectious diseases.- Metabolic disorders.- Blood vessel imaging. | This quick reference guide for medical students and residents presents over sixty clinical case studies of major neurological conditions and their associated neuroimaging characteristics. A primer on the fundamental physics which underlie neuroimaging techniques is also provided. The content is organized by pathology type and the structure of every topic is similar to help the reader develop his or her thinking process in a stepwise fashion and to provide a rational approach to imaging interpretation.  Neuroradiology in Clinical Practice is aimed at medical students and residents doing their rotations in neurology, internal medicine, emergency medicine, and family medicine, but will also be useful for allied health professionals, nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other primary medical care providers. | <p>Introduction to neuroimaging principles of computed tomography, magnetic resonance and doppler ultrasound</p><p>Each image is presented in the context of a brief clinical case</p><p>Provides examples of the most commonly encountered conditions, as well as the specific imaging findings of some rarer conditions</p><p>Summary table of tissue and blood signal characteristics on CT, MRI T1, and MRI T2</p><p>Comparison images of CT, MRI T1, MRI T2, MRI FLAIR in axial, sagittal and coronal views</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01064-9 | Neurosurgery | [NAME] | [NAME]; Nejat Akalan | Pediatric Craniovertebral Junction Diseases | Surgical Management of Craniovertebral Junction Diseases in Children | Advances and Technical Standards in Neurosurgery | 40 | 1 | 2014 | 340 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 340 p. 162 illus., 69 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | SCH59079 | Pediatric Surgery | MNC | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Technical Standards: [NAME]: Nosographic Identification and Management of Pediatric Craniovertebral Junction Anomalies: Evolution of Concepts and Modalities of Treatment.- [NAME]: Embryology and Surgical management of bony malformations of the craniovertebral junction.- [NAME]: Extracranial segments of the vertebral artery: insight in the developmental changes up to the 21st year of life.- C. Raybaud: Imaging of the craniovertebral junction anomalies in children.- O. Genovese: Anaesthesiological and Intensive Care Management in Craniovertebral Junction Surgery. Advances: [NAME]: Technical Advances in Pediatric Craniovertebral Junction Surgery.- A. Goel: Craniovertebral junction instability: special reference to pediatric age group.- R. Diaz: Minimally Invasive Posterior Trans-Muscular C1-C2 Screw Fixation through an Anatomical Corridor to Preserve Occipital-Cervical Tension Band.- M. Visocchi: Os Odontoideum Syndrome: Pathogenesis, clinical patterns and indication for surgical strategies in childhood.- [NAME]: Craniovertebral junction anomalies in achondroplastic children.- E.P. [NAME]: Craniovertebral junction pathological features and their management in the mucopolysaccharidoses.- [NAME]: Pediatric Craniovertebral Junction Trauma.                                                              ​ | ​This dedicated volume in the series Advances and Technical Standards in Neurosurgery (ATSN) provides a comprehensive approach to diseases of the craniovertebral junction (CVJ) and their management based on the multidisciplinary cooperation of neurosurgeons, anatomists, neuroradiologists, and neuroanesthesiologists. The contributing authors represent the most renowned clinical and surgical experts from Europe and beyond. The main topics highlighted are embryology, normal and abnormal development of the CVJ, including the related vessels, modern radiological contributions to diagnosis, genetic and metabolic factors which may impact on the surgical strategies, the opportunities offered by traditional operative techniques, and the recently introduced minimally invasive and endoscopic surgical modalities. Special emphasis is also placed on the evolution of the principles of surgical treatment as matured during the past decade by experiences in the still open field of pediatric neurosurgery. | <p>Comprehensive and multidisciplinary approach to diseases of the craniovertebral junction and their management</p><p>Coverage of the recently introduced minimally invasive and endoscopic surgical modalities</p><p>Emphasis on evolution in the principles of surgical treatment during the past decade </p><p>Written by the most renowned clinical and surgical experts from Europe and beyond​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39084-5 | Neurosurgery | Sgouros | [NAME] | Neuroendoscopy | Current Status and Future Trends |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 169 | Hard cover | Book | V, 169 p. 138 illus., 104 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | Neurosurgery | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Historical Trends of Neuroendoscopic Surgery.- The Application of Neuroendoscopic Techniques in Improving Altered CSF Physiology.- International Trials and Collaborative Studies in Neuroendoscopy: Progress so far and Future Potentials.-Controversies in the Endoscopic Management of Various Forms of Hydrocephalus.- Current Status and Future Developments of Neuroendoscopical Management of Pituitary Tumours and Craniopharyngiomas.- Current Status and Future Developments of Neuroendoscopically Assisted Neurosurgery.- Neuroendoscopic Instruments and Surgical Technique.- Integrating Endoscopy in the Technological Environment of the Modern Neurosurgical Operating Room.- Endoscopic Management of Hypothalamic Hamartomas.-Neuroendoscopic Management of Ventricular Tumours in Children.-  Neuroendoscopic Management of Colloid Cysts.- State of the Art  of MR CSF Flow Imaging.- Neuroendoscopic Management of Suprasellar Arachnoid Cysts.- Neuroendoscopic Management of Parenchymal Lesions.- Neuroendoscopic Techniques in the Management of Pineal Tumours.- Controversies in the Management of Middle Fossa Arachnoid Cysts.- Neuroendoscopy in Spinal Pathology: Experience, Latest Trends and Future Developments.-Endoscopy for Craniosynostosis.- Endoscopic Endonasal Repair of CSF Leak.- Man-to-Machine Interface in Neuroendoscopic Equipment. | As a result of technological improvements, neuroendoscopy is now used in the treatment of many more patients, enabling the performance of previously unavailable operations with low complication rates and rapid patient recovery. This book  presents the distilled experience of world experts in this evolving field. Current applications in a wide variety of settings are explained in detail and likely future developments are identified. In addition, the available neuroendoscopic instruments are reviewed and the results of international trials and collaborative studies, presented. This book will fully acquaint the reader with the breadth and depth of available neuroendoscopy techniques and their impressive therapeutic potential. It should serve as the reference book on neuroendoscopy for the next 10 years. | <p>Presents the distilled experience of world experts</p><p>Discusses the applications of neuroendoscopy in a wide variety of settings, including hydrocephalus, different tumor types, [NAME] and suprasellar arachnoid cysts, Chiari malformation, and craniosynostosis</p><p>Reviews neuroendoscopy equipment and the results of international trials</p><p>Identifies likely future trends</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-35282-9 | Nuclear Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Applications of SPECT-CT |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 155 illus., 140 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | Planned | 2013-09-23 00:00:00 |  |  | ​Technology and Physics of SPECT/CT.- Use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry.- SPECT/CT for parathyroid and thyroid imaging.- SPECT/CT for thyroid cancer imaging.- 123Iod-MIBG SPECT/CT for tumor imaging.- SPECT/CT for neuroendocrine tumors.- Bone SPECT/CT in oncology.- Bone SPECT/CT in orthopaedics.- SPECT/CT for cardiac scintigraphy.- SPECT/CT in sentinel node [NAME] planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors with SPECT/[NAME] (Brain SPECT/CT, inflammation, radiation planning, GI-Tract). | ​ SPECT/CT cameras have considerably improved diagnostic accuracy in recent years based in large part on the better localization and definition of scintigraphic findings. This book covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in diagnosis and therapy planning of benign and malignant diseases. Opening chapters discuss the technology and physics of SPECT/CT and its use for dosimetry. The role of SPECT/CT in the imaging of a range of pathologic conditions is then addressed in detail. Applications covered include, among others, imaging of the thyroid, bone, and lungs, imaging of neuroendocrine tumors, cardiac scintigraphy, and sentinel node scintigraphy. Individual chapters are also devoted to therapy planning in selective internal radiation therapy of liver tumors and bremsstrahlung SPECT/CT. Readers will find this book to be an essential and up-to-date source of information on this invaluable hybrid imaging technique. | Covers the full spectrum of clinical applications of SPECT/CT in diagnosis of benign and malignant diseases   Includes chapters on the use of SPECT/CT for dosimetry and for therapy planning Completely up to date Many helpful illustrations | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38284-0 | Nuclear Medicine | Ramer | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; Abass Alavi | Nuclear Medicine Technology | Review Questions for the Board Examinations |  |  | 4 | 2013 | 291 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 291 p. 12 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH29048 | Nuclear Medicine | MMN | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Radioactivity, Radiopharmacy and Quality Assurance.- Radiation Safety.- Instrumentation and Quality Assurance.- Image Presentation and Computers.- Skeletal System Scintigraphy.- Central Nervous System Scintigraphy.- Cardiovascular System Scintigraphy.- Respiratory System Scintigraphy.- Gastrointestinal Tract Scintigraphy.- Genitourinary System Scintigraphy.- Gncologic Scintigraphy.- Infection Scintigraphy.- Endocrine System Scintigraphy.- Non-Imaging Procedures and Radionuclide Therapy.- Patient Care.- Basic PET Principles.- Multi-Modality Imaging. | This book prepares students and technologists for registry examinations in nuclear medicine technology by providing practice questions and answers with detailed explanations, as well as a mock registry exam. The questions are designed to test the basic knowledge required of nuclear medicine technologists, as well as the practical application of that knowledge. The topics covered closely follow the content specifications and the components of preparedness as published by the certification boards. This 4th edition includes expanded coverage of positron emission tomography and other new procedures and practices in the field of nuclear medicine and molecular imaging. | <p>The only comprehensive exam preparation guide on the market</p><p><p>Includes a mock registry exam</p><p><p>Provides expanded coverage of positron emission tomography and other new procedures and practices</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-8257-5 | Obstetrics / Perinatology | Shirazian | [NAME]; [NAME] | Around the Globe for Women's Health | A Practical Guide for the Health Care Provider |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 144 | Soft cover | Book | XII, 144 p. 25 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH26014 | Obstetrics/Perinatology | MJT | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Maternal Mortality: The Greatest Health Divide in the World.- Postpartum Hemorrhage in a Conflict Setting.- Obstetric Fistula.- Diagnosis and Treatment of Malaria in Pregnancy.- The Unmet Need for Family Planning.- Anesthesia in Action at a Global Health Site.- At Your Cervix: Preventing Cervical Cancer using a Single Visit Approach.- The Challenge of Global Cervical and Breast Cancer Prevention, Detection, and Treatment.- [NAME]: A Privilege, not a Right – Treatment of Cervical Cancer with Limited Radiotherapy in Low-Resource Settings.- Interested in Volunteering Abroad? Considerations When Choosing a Global Health Opportunity. | In the increasingly globalized twenty-first century, cross-cultural communication and knowledge of culturally informed health practices are critical skills for women’s health providers. Around the Globe for Women’s Health is a concise, culturally sensitive, and clinically relevant guide that aims to increase health equity through prevention and improved clinical care for women around the world. Case-based chapters highlight clinical issues (such as obstetric fistula, malaria, and postpartum hemorrhage) and barriers to care (the unmet need for family planning, or limited radiotherapy in low-resource countries, for example). Around the Globe for Women's Health is a must-have resource not just for physicians considering working in another country, but all providers seeking to provide better care for diverse populations of women within the United States. | <p>Editor-in-Cheif teaches a global health course and has worked in both Central America and Africa </p><p>Growing interest among trainees and physicians alike makes this a timely book </p><p>Contains case-based clinical information combined with cultural issues</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38982-5 | Oncology | Alberts | [NAME]; [NAME] | Fundamentals of Cancer Prevention |  |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 650 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 650 p. 26 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH00007 | Medicine/Public Health, general | MB | Oncology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Human and Economic Benefits of Prevention.- Nutrition/ Lifestyle.- Nutrients.- Immune Response.- Hereditary Risk.- Health Disparties in Prevention.- Culture/ Ethnicity.- CAM.- Reaching Underserved/ Novel Approaches.- Global Health.- Drug Development.- Prodrugs.- Skin Cancer.- Colorectal Cancer.- Lung Cancer.- Breast Cancer. – Prostate Cancer.- Cervical Cancer.- Ovarian Cancer.- Endometrial Cancer.- Survivorship. | This authoritative work is an essential reference guide and tool for oncologists, primary care physicians, the research community, and students with an interest in reducing the burden of cancer. Written as a collaborative work by nationally recognized leaders in the field of cancer prevention and control, the third edition provides readers with new information related to recent developments in the field. The scope of this edition has been expanded to include topics related to global health and to provide readers with novel insights into the expanding disciplines within cancer prevention and control. | <p>Essential reference guide and tool for all with an interest in reducing the burden of cancer</p><p><p>Written by leaders in the field of cancer prevention and control</p><p><p>New edition covering important recent developments and providing novel insights</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-0842-6 | Oncology | Barh | Debmalya Barh | Omics Approaches in Breast Cancer | Towards Next-Generation Diagnosis, Prognosis, and [NAME] |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 170 illus., 30 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | Oncology | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | ​ .-Gynecologic considerations in women with breast cancer  .-Omics technology applied in breast cancer research .-Breast cancer genomics  .-Pharmacogenomics –pharmacoepigenomics: clinical implications for personalized medicine in breast canceer.-Dna methylation and breast cancer: role of nutrition in methylation of breast cancer.-Nutrigenomics of breast cancer .-Breast cancer proteomics .-Breast cancer mirna.-Lipidomics in breast cancer .-Imaging technologies and applications in early diagnosis and prognosis for breast cancer.-Early detection biomarkers in breast carcinogenesis.-Molecular diagnosis of metastasizing breast cancer based upon liquid biopsy.-The role of circulating tumor cells to monitor the antineoplastic treatment of metastastic breast cancer .-Circulating breast cancer stem cells: potential biomarkers for breast cancer diagnosis and prognosis evaluation  .-Breast cancer therapy- classical therapy, drug targets and targeted therapy .-Challenges in interpreting  the role of transforming growth factor β (tgf-β) and forkhead box p3  (foxp3)  in breast cancer microenvironment | Breast cancer is the most common cancer in females that accounts for highest cancer specific deaths worldwide. In last few decades research has proven that breast cancer can be treated if diagnosed at very early stage and proper therapeutic strategy is adopted. Omics-based recent approaches have unveiled the molecular mechanism behind the breast tumorgenesis and aid in identification of next-generation molecular markers for early diagnosis, prognosis, and even the effective targeted therapy.                    Significant development has taken place in the field of omics in breast cancer in the last decade. The most promising omics approaches and their outcomes in breast cancer have been presented in this book for the first time. The book covers omics technologies and budding fields such as breast cancer miRNA, lipidomics, epigenomics, proteomics, nutrigenomics, stem cell, pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine, and many more along with conventional topics such as breast cancer management etc.    It is a research-based reference book and will be a useful resource for clinician-scientists, researchers, geneticists, health care industries involved in various aspects of breast cancer. Apart from these, the book will be useful to students in biomedicine, pathology, and pharmacy. | <p>The book will have most upto-date and complete information on omics of breast cancer ​ </p><p>Chapters focused on early diagnosis, prognosis, and targeted therapy</p><p> Covers breast cancer miRNA, lipidomics, pharmacogenomics, epigenomics, proteomics, nutrigenomics and stem cell  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-0750-9 | Oncology | Dupuy | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy | A Multidisciplinary Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 942 | Hard cover | Book | XXXII, 942 p. 396 illus., 225 illus. in color. | 1 | approx. | 269 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Oncology | Reference work | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Tumor Ablation: An Evolving Technology.- Electroporation.- Microwave Ablation for Cancer: Physics, Performance, Innovation, and the Future.- CryoAblation.- Image-Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) in the Treatment of Cancer.- Embolic Therapies.- Emerging Technologies in the Treatment of Cancer.- Radiation Therapy: IMRT, Cyberknife, [NAME], Proton Beam.- [NAME] in Interventional Oncology.- Management of the Oncologic Patient.- Devices and Equipment in Interventional Oncology and their Operation.- Designing Interventional Environments in the Treatment of Cancer.- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Ultrasound (US).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Computed Tomography ([NAME] of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Positron Emission.- Tomography/Computed Tomography (PET/CT).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Image Guidance, Robotics and FusionSystems.- Percutaneous RF in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Microwave in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- PEI Injectables in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Chemoembolization/Radioembolization in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Resection Transplant in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Biologic/Systemic Therapies for the Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Radiation Therapy in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Radiofrequency Ablation of Hepatic Metastasis.- Embolic Therapy for the Treatment of Liver Metastases.- Surgical Therapies for Hepatic Colorectal Metastasis.- Y-90 Radiomicrosphere Therapy of Colorectal Cancer: Liver Metastases.- SBRT for Liver Metastases.- Systemic and Localized Chemotherapy in Combination with Radiologic Interventions for the Treatment of Cancers that have [NAME] to the Liver.- Intra-Arterial Pump Infusional Chemotherapy.- Cryoablation of Liver Tumors.- Laser LITT.- Irreversible Electroporation in Liver Tumor.- Focused Ultrasound of Liver.- Percutaneous Interventional Radiology: The Lung.- Role of Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Non-small Cell Lung Cancer and Thoracic Metastasis.- Lung Resection.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Lung Cancer.- Chemotherapy for the Lungs.- Percutaneous Radiofrequency Ablation for Painful Skeletal Metastases.- Cryoablation of Bone Tumors.- Bone Therapy.- High Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) Treatment for Bone Metastases.- Image-Guided Radio-frequency Ablation of Renal Cancer.- Percutaneous Renal Cryoablation.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapies/Biological for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Focal Therapy of Prostate Cancer by Radiofrequency and Photodynamic Therapy.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Prostate Cancer.- Image-Guided Radiotherapy and Prostate Cancer.- Embolotherapy in the Management of Gynecologic Neoplasms.- MR Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound: Gynecological Applications Image-Guided Radiation Therapy in Gynecology Applications.- Ablation of Gynecologic Cancers.- Breast Ablation for Breast Imagers and Interventional Radiologists.- The Role of Image-Guided Surgery in Breast Cancer.- Radiation Oncology in Breast Cancer.- Systemic Therapy for Breast Cancer: Success and Challenges.- Percutaneous Image-Guided Treatment of Pediatric Malignancy.- Perspectives in Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: Comments from Patients and Families. | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: A Multidisciplinary Approach provides clinicians with in-depth coverage of the growing, dynamic field of interventional oncology.  Combining the knowledge of  expert editors and authors into one powerhouse reference, this book looks at  tumor ablation, HIFU, embolic therapies, emerging technologies, and radiation therapy throughout the body (liver, bone, breast, gynecologic  and prostate cancers, to name just a few) , and includes discussion of different imaging modalities.  In the words of [NAME], MD, author of the book’s Foreword: “… The senior authors are all world renowned experts in interventional oncology, which is another example of the high quality authorship and experience that is brought to this book.  The later chapters discuss therapies that are simply not covered in any other source.  Everyone who is doing or wants to do ablation therapies and interventional oncology will face a time when they will be asked to use their expertise in less used and less investigated areas.  There is nowhere else where the reader can get information on the prostate, breast, and gynecologic areas, and especially pediatrics….This book is an outstanding contribution to the literature and will become a ‘must read’ for all physicians who are interested in Interventional Oncology.” | <p>Ground-breaking in it’s multidisciplinary approach to interventional oncology</p><p>Covers an area of increasing importance in the minimally invasive management of cancer patients</p><p>Provides clinicians with in depth coverage of the state of the art in tumor ablation    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-0751-6 | Oncology | Dupuy | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy | A Multidisciplinary Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 942 |  | eReference work | XXXII, 942 p. 396 illus., 225 illus. in color. eReference. | 1 | approx. | 269 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Oncology | Reference work | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 |  |  | Tumor Ablation: An Evolving Technology.- Electroporation.- Microwave Ablation for Cancer: Physics, Performance, Innovation, and the Future.- CryoAblation.- Image-Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) in the Treatment of Cancer.- Embolic Therapies.- Emerging Technologies in the Treatment of Cancer.- Radiation Therapy: IMRT, Cyberknife, [NAME], Proton Beam.- [NAME] in Interventional Oncology.- Management of the Oncologic Patient.- Devices and Equipment in Interventional Oncology and their Operation.- Designing Interventional Environments in the Treatment of Cancer.- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Ultrasound (US).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Computed Tomography ([NAME] of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Positron Emission.- Tomography/Computed Tomography (PET/CT).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Image Guidance, Robotics and FusionSystems.- Percutaneous RF in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Microwave in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- PEI Injectables in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Chemoembolization/Radioembolization in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Resection Transplant in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Biologic/Systemic Therapies for the Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Radiation Therapy in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Radiofrequency Ablation of Hepatic Metastasis.- Embolic Therapy for the Treatment of Liver Metastases.- Surgical Therapies for Hepatic Colorectal Metastasis.- Y-90 Radiomicrosphere Therapy of Colorectal Cancer: Liver Metastases.- SBRT for Liver Metastases.- Systemic and Localized Chemotherapy in Combination with Radiologic Interventions for the Treatment of Cancers that have [NAME] to the Liver.- Intra-Arterial Pump Infusional Chemotherapy.- Cryoablation of Liver Tumors.- Laser LITT.- Irreversible Electroporation in Liver Tumor.- Focused Ultrasound of Liver.- Percutaneous Interventional Radiology: The Lung.- Role of Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Non-small Cell Lung Cancer and Thoracic Metastasis.- Lung Resection.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Lung Cancer.- Chemotherapy for the Lungs.- Percutaneous Radiofrequency Ablation for Painful Skeletal Metastases.- Cryoablation of Bone Tumors.- Bone Therapy.- High Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) Treatment for Bone Metastases.- Image-Guided Radio-frequency Ablation of Renal Cancer.- Percutaneous Renal Cryoablation.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapies/Biological for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Focal Therapy of Prostate Cancer by Radiofrequency and Photodynamic Therapy.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Prostate Cancer.- Image-Guided Radiotherapy and Prostate Cancer.- Embolotherapy in the Management of Gynecologic Neoplasms.- MR Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound: Gynecological Applications Image-Guided Radiation Therapy in Gynecology Applications.- Ablation of Gynecologic Cancers.- Breast Ablation for Breast Imagers and Interventional Radiologists.- The Role of Image-Guided Surgery in Breast Cancer.- Radiation Oncology in Breast Cancer.- Systemic Therapy for Breast Cancer: Success and Challenges.- Percutaneous Image-Guided Treatment of Pediatric Malignancy.- Perspectives in Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: Comments from Patients and Families. | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: A Multidisciplinary Approach provides clinicians with in-depth coverage of the growing, dynamic field of interventional oncology.  Combining the knowledge of  expert editors and authors into one powerhouse reference, this book looks at  tumor ablation, HIFU, embolic therapies, emerging technologies, and radiation therapy throughout the body (liver, bone, breast, gynecologic  and prostate cancers, to name just a few) , and includes discussion of different imaging modalities.  In the words of [NAME], MD, author of the book’s Foreword: “… The senior authors are all world renowned experts in interventional oncology, which is another example of the high quality authorship and experience that is brought to this book.  The later chapters discuss therapies that are simply not covered in any other source.  Everyone who is doing or wants to do ablation therapies and interventional oncology will face a time when they will be asked to use their expertise in less used and less investigated areas.  There is nowhere else where the reader can get information on the prostate, breast, and gynecologic areas, and especially pediatrics….This book is an outstanding contribution to the literature and will become a ‘must read’ for all physicians who are interested in Interventional Oncology.” | <p>Ground-breaking in it’s multidisciplinary approach to interventional oncology</p><p>Covers an area of increasing importance in the minimally invasive management of cancer patients</p><p>Provides clinicians with in depth coverage of the state of the art in tumor ablation    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4419-0752-3 | Oncology | Dupuy | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy | A Multidisciplinary Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 942 | Hard cover | Book + Online Access | XXXII, 942 p. 396 illus., 225 illus. in color. Print + eReference. | 1 | approx. | 336 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Oncology | Reference work | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-01 00:00:00 | 2011-05-27 00:00:00 |  | Tumor Ablation: An Evolving Technology.- Electroporation.- Microwave Ablation for Cancer: Physics, Performance, Innovation, and the Future.- CryoAblation.- Image-Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) in the Treatment of Cancer.- Embolic Therapies.- Emerging Technologies in the Treatment of Cancer.- Radiation Therapy: IMRT, Cyberknife, [NAME], Proton Beam.- [NAME] in Interventional Oncology.- Management of the Oncologic Patient.- Devices and Equipment in Interventional Oncology and their Operation.- Designing Interventional Environments in the Treatment of Cancer.- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Ultrasound (US).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Computed Tomography ([NAME] of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Positron Emission.- Tomography/Computed Tomography (PET/CT).- Imaging of Interventional Therapies in Oncology: Image Guidance, Robotics and FusionSystems.- Percutaneous RF in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Microwave in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- PEI Injectables in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Chemoembolization/Radioembolization in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Resection Transplant in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Biologic/Systemic Therapies for the Treatment of Hepatocellular Carcinoma Radiation Therapy in the Treatment of Primary Liver Cancers.- Radiofrequency Ablation of Hepatic Metastasis.- Embolic Therapy for the Treatment of Liver Metastases.- Surgical Therapies for Hepatic Colorectal Metastasis.- Y-90 Radiomicrosphere Therapy of Colorectal Cancer: Liver Metastases.- SBRT for Liver Metastases.- Systemic and Localized Chemotherapy in Combination with Radiologic Interventions for the Treatment of Cancers that have [NAME] to the Liver.- Intra-Arterial Pump Infusional Chemotherapy.- Cryoablation of Liver Tumors.- Laser LITT.- Irreversible Electroporation in Liver Tumor.- Focused Ultrasound of Liver.- Percutaneous Interventional Radiology: The Lung.- Role of Combination Therapies in the Treatment of Non-small Cell Lung Cancer and Thoracic Metastasis.- Lung Resection.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Lung Cancer.- Chemotherapy for the Lungs.- Percutaneous Radiofrequency Ablation for Painful Skeletal Metastases.- Cryoablation of Bone Tumors.- Bone Therapy.- High Focused Ultrasound (HIFU) Treatment for Bone Metastases.- Image-Guided Radio-frequency Ablation of Renal Cancer.- Percutaneous Renal Cryoablation.- Image-Guided Radiation Therapy for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapies/Biological for Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Focal Therapy of Prostate Cancer by Radiofrequency and Photodynamic Therapy.- Surgical Approaches to Treatment of Prostate Cancer.- Image-Guided Radiotherapy and Prostate Cancer.- Embolotherapy in the Management of Gynecologic Neoplasms.- MR Guided High Intensity Focused Ultrasound: Gynecological Applications Image-Guided Radiation Therapy in Gynecology Applications.- Ablation of Gynecologic Cancers.- Breast Ablation for Breast Imagers and Interventional Radiologists.- The Role of Image-Guided Surgery in Breast Cancer.- Radiation Oncology in Breast Cancer.- Systemic Therapy for Breast Cancer: Success and Challenges.- Percutaneous Image-Guided Treatment of Pediatric Malignancy.- Perspectives in Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: Comments from Patients and Families. | Image-Guided Cancer Therapy: A Multidisciplinary Approach provides clinicians with in-depth coverage of the growing, dynamic field of interventional oncology.  Combining the knowledge of  expert editors and authors into one powerhouse reference, this book looks at  tumor ablation, HIFU, embolic therapies, emerging technologies, and radiation therapy throughout the body (liver, bone, breast, gynecologic  and prostate cancers, to name just a few) , and includes discussion of different imaging modalities.  In the words of [NAME], MD, author of the book’s Foreword: “… The senior authors are all world renowned experts in interventional oncology, which is another example of the high quality authorship and experience that is brought to this book.  The later chapters discuss therapies that are simply not covered in any other source.  Everyone who is doing or wants to do ablation therapies and interventional oncology will face a time when they will be asked to use their expertise in less used and less investigated areas.  There is nowhere else where the reader can get information on the prostate, breast, and gynecologic areas, and especially pediatrics….This book is an outstanding contribution to the literature and will become a ‘must read’ for all physicians who are interested in Interventional Oncology.” | <p>Ground-breaking in it’s multidisciplinary approach to interventional oncology</p><p>Covers an area of increasing importance in the minimally invasive management of cancer patients</p><p>Provides clinicians with in depth coverage of the state of the art in tumor ablation    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38970-2 | Oncology | Frazier | [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Germ Cell Tumors | Biology Treatment Survivorship | Pediatric Oncology | 1 | 1 | 2014 | 128 | Hard cover | Book | V, 128 p. 48 illus., 47 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Oncology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Biology of Germ Cell Tumors.-Epidemiology of Germ Cell Tumors.-Pathology of Germ Cell Tumors.-Clinical Treatment of Extracaranial Pediatric Germ Cell Tumors.-Clinical Treatment of Extracranial Pediatric Germ Cell Tumors.-Management of Disseminated Germ Cell Tumor in Adults.-Clinical Treatment of Adult Women with Ovarian Germ Cell Tumors.-Stromal Cell Tumors.-Late Effects of Treatment of Testicular Cancer and Implications for Pediatrics. | Germ cell tumors are relatively rare compared with other malignancies, and compilations of knowledge that encompass the entire spectrum of the disease are lacking. This textbook, written by the foremost authorities in the field, rectifies the situation by discussing in depth a broad range of topics, including biology, epidemiology, pathology, treatment, and late effects. Bearing in mind that germ cell tumors are most prevalent in the adolescent and young adult age group, causes of disease and treatment approaches in pediatric and adult patients are compared and contrasted. By spanning the entire life course, from prenatal origins of disease through to treatment in adults and late effects of treatment, the editors have produced a book that will be of interest to both pediatric and adult oncologists. | <p>Covers a broad range of topics, including biology, epidemiology, pathology, treatment, and late effects, and spans the entire life course</p><p><p>Compares in detail the treatment approaches in pediatric and adult patients</p><p><p>Written by the foremost international experts in the field</p><p><p><p> </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38403-5 | Oncology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Epigenetic Therapy of Cancer | Preclinical Models and Treatment Approaches |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 350 | Hard cover | Book | IX, 350 p. 38 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | The fundamental role of epigenetic regulation for normal and disturbed all growth and differentiation.- [NAME] models to study DNA methylation in cancer research.- Epigenetic regulation of normal hematopoietic development.- Epigenetic regulation of globin genes and disturbances in hemoglobinopathies.- DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders: biological significance and methodological approaches.- Epigenetic modifications mediated by the AML1/ETO and MLL leukemia fusion proteins.- Epigenetic abnormalities in lung cancer.- Pharmacodynamic Responses to DNA Methyltransferase Inhibition.- Histone Methyltransferases: Opportunities in Cancer Drug Discovery.- Histone deacetylase (HDAC) inhibitors in recent clinical trials for cancer therapy.- Clinical Implications of Epigenetic Alterations in Lung Cancer.- Epigenetic disturbances in colorectal cancer.- Epigenetic Therapies in Solid Tumours: from preclinical models to clinical trial results. | The growing knowledge about disturbances of epigenetic gene regulation in hematopoietic stem cell disorders is now being translated into treatment approaches that target the epigenetic defects pharmacologically. This book first presents the latest evidence regarding the epigenetic regulation of hematopoietic stem cell differentiation and hemoglobin production. The significance of DNA methylation abnormalities in hematopoietic disorders and of epigenetic disturbances in lung cancer and other solid tumors is then discussed. A major part of the book, however, relates specifically to the translation of basic research and drug development to clinical applications, and in this context both present and future clinical strategies are considered. Individual chapters are devoted to the use of DNA hypomethylating agents and chromatin-modifying agents, and the treatment of hematologic malignancies and solid tumors by means of epigenetic agents is discussed in detail. | <p>Devotes detailed attention to the translation of basic research and drug development to clinical applications in the treatment of solid tumors as well as hematologic malignancies and hemoglobinopathy</p><p>Presents the latest evidence derived from preclinical models regarding the epigenetic regulation of hematopoietic stem cell differentiation and hemoglobin production</p><p>Discusses DNA methylation abnormalities in depth</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7081-6 | Ophthalmology | Harrie | [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Ophthalmic Echography | A Case Study Approach |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 487 | Hard cover | Book with DVD | XI, 487 p. 377 illus., 17 illus. in color. With DVD. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH29013 | Diagnostic Radiology | MMPH | Ophthalmology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I. Indications for Ophthalmic Ultrasound.- 1. Case Study 1:  Optic nerve drusen.- 2. Case Study 2: CB MM and sector cataract.- 3. Case Study 3: Small CB MM.- 4. Case Study 4: [NAME] bombe around IOL.- 5. Case Study 5: Choroidal MM.- 6. Case Study 6: Small choroidal MM.- 7. Case Study 7: PVD and retinal tear.- 8. Case Study 8: Vitreous syneresis.- 9. Case Study 9: Shallow RD.- 10. Case Study 10: Dacryoadenitis.- 11. Case Study 11: Optic nerve drusen.- 12. Case Study 12: Optic nerve druse and disc hemorrhage.- 13. Case Study 13: Central retinal artery embolus.- 14. Case Study 14: Retinoblastoma with fine Ca++.- 15. Case Study 15: EOMs in Graves disease.- 16. Case Study 16: Orbital myositis.- 17. Case Study 17: Idiopathic choroidal folds.- 18. Case Study 18: Choroidal folds and orbital lymphoma.- 19. Case Study 19: Cavernous hemangioma.- 20. Case Study 20: Pleomorphic adenoma of lacrimal gland.- 21. Case Study 21: Infantile hemangioma.- Part II. Basic Principles.- 22. Case Study 22:  Choroidal MM.- 23. Case Study 23:  Retinoblastoma.- 24. Case Study 24: Shallow RD.- 25. Case Study 25:  Pleomorphic Adenoma of lac.- 26. Case Study 26: Subretinal hemorrhage.- 27. Case Study 27: Posterior scleritis.- 28. Case Study 28: Lymphoma of EOMs.- 29. Case Study 29: Optic nerves in PC.- 30. Case Study 30: Lymphoma of ONs.- Part III. Eye Pain.- 31. Case Study 31: Untreated MM.- 32. Case Study 32:  [NAME] pupil.- 33. Case Study 33: UGH syndrome.- 34. Case Study 34: Mild sinusitis.- 35. Case Study 35: ONs in PC.- 36. Case Study 36: Sinus Polyp.- 37. Case Study 37: Ethmoid sinusitis.- 38. Case Study 38: Sinus MM.- 39. Case Study 39: Frontal ethmoidal mucocle.- 40. Case Study 40: FB in NL duct.- 41. Case Study 41: Dacryuoadenitis.- 42. Case Study 42: [NAME] and sarcoid.- 43. Case Study 43: Pleomorphic adenoma of lac.- 44. Case Study 44: Adenocystic ca of lac.- 45. Case Study 45: Superior oblique tenodonitis.- 46. Case Study 46: Orbital myositis.- 47. Case Study 47: Low-grade orbital myositis.- 48. Case Study 48:  Orbital myositis and scleritis.- 49. Case Study 49: Posterior scleritis.- 50. Case Study 50: Benign reactive lym hyper.- 51. Case Study 51: Orbital large cell lymph.- 52. Case Study 52: Choroiditis and VKH syndrome.- 53. Case Study 53: Inflammatory Graves disease.- 54. Case Study 54: Myositis and Graves disease.- 55. Case Study 55 : Retrobulbar neuritis.- 56. Case Study 56 : Sarocid optic neuritis.- 57. Case Study 57: Subperiosteal abscess.- 58. Case Study 58: Subperiosteal hemorrhage.- 59. Case Study 59: Bleed into lymphangioma.- 60. Case Study 60: Orbital metastasis.- 61. Case Study 61 : Sinus carcinoma.- 62. Case Study 62 : Cavernous hemangioma.- 63. Case Study 63: Orbital rhabdomyosarcoma.- Part IV. Blurred vision.- 64. Case Study 64:  Phthisis bulbi.- 65. Case Study 65: Pre-phthisis.- 66. Case Study 66: Optic nerve glioma.- 67. Case Study 67:  Intumescent lens.- 68. Case Study 68: Accomodative spasm.- 69. Case Study 69:  PVD with retinal tear.- 70. Case Study 70: Ruptured globe.- 71. Case Study 71: Choroidal hemorrhage.- 72. Case Study 72: Giant retinal tear.- 73. Case Study 73: Intrasceral foreign body.- 74. Case Study 74: Intrachoroidal silicone oil.- 75. Case Study 75: Subperiosteal hem.- 76. Case Study 76: Microophthalmos with cyst.- 77. Case Study 77: Topamax angle closure.- 78. Case Study 78: Cyclitic membrane.- 79. Case Study 79: CB MM.- 80. Case Study 80: CB MM with IOL displace.- 81. Case Study 81: MM of CB with lens displace.- 82. Case Study 82 : Choroidal mm.- 83. Case Study 83 : Choroidal mm.- 84. Case Study 84 : PVD.- 85. Case Study 85 : Vitreous traction.- 86. Case Study 86: Retinal tear.- 87. Case Study 87: Ret tear with SRF.- 88. Case Study 88: Choroidal MM.- 89. Case Study 89: Ocular toxo.- 90. Case Study 90: Ocular large cell lymph.- 91. Case Study 91: Endophthamitis.- 92. Case Study 92: P acnes enopht | The second editon of this popular ultrasound book expands the reader's understanding of the clinical applications of ocular ultrasound through a case study approach. With the addition of high-quality video segments of examination techniques not currently available in any other format, this edition appeals to a broader range of practitioners in the field by presenting the subject starting at the basic level and progressing to the advanced. The book is appealing to practitioners involved in ocular ultrasound, including ophthalmic technicians, ophthalmologists, optometrists, radiologists and emergency room physicians who, on occasion, are involved in the practice of ophthalmic ultrasound. | <p>Second edition includes additional case studies to expand the reader's understanding of the clinical applications of ocular ultrasound </p><p>Includes web-based video clips demonstrating basic examination techniques for ophthalmic ultrasound </p><p>Emphasizes the basic principles and techniques of the echographic examination </p><p>Provides the reader with a firm foundation in the fundamental examination techniques and applications of ophthalmic echography</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-5643-8 | Ophthalmology | Koplin | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Scrub's Bible | How to Assist at Cataract and Corneal Surgery with a Primer on the Anatomy of the Human Eye and Self Assessment |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 166 | Soft cover | Book | IX, 166 p. 87 illus., 67 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Ophthalmology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Introduction.- 2. The Evolution of Eye Surgery.- 3. The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery.- 4. Anatomical Considerations.- 5. Infection Control.- 6. How the patient gets from the front door of the ASC to your OR suite.- 7. Decorum in the OR.- 8. Setting up in the OR.- 9. [NAME] Surgery.- 10. Cataract Surgery.- 11. Complications encountered, instruments at the ready: here is a list of “what ifs” and “what to do’s”.- 12. The surgical tray for cataract surgery.- 13. Surgeon specific instruments.- 14. Ocular biometry.- 15. Self assessment test cataract surgery.- 16. Surgical checklist.- 17. Corneal Surgery.- 18. Corneal transplantation: penetrating keratoplasty.- 19. Corneal transplantation: keratoprosthesis.- 20. Corneal transplantation: endothelial keratoplasty.- 21. Pterygium surgery.- 22. Band [NAME] removal.- 23. Complications encountered, instruments at the ready: here is a list of “what ifs” and “what to do’s”.- 24. The surgical tray for penetrating keratoplasty.- 25. The surgical tray for endothelial keratoplasty.- 26. Self assessment test corneal surgery.- 27. Resource materials.- 28. Medications [NAME] instrument preferences note cataract surgery.- [NAME] identification wall note.- Glossary of terms. | ​​Directed at the growing number of untutored personnel aspiring to enter the disciplines of ophthalmic technicianry and surgical assisting, ​The Scrub's Bible represents an entry level guide to understanding the human eye, its basic anatomy, and physiology.  Absorbing this information serves as the foundation for the authors, who are all skilled and respected eye surgeons, educators, and surgery center owners, to draw the reader through the fundamentals of the two most common areas of ophthalmic surgery: cataract and corneal/refractive surgery. The Scrub's Bible​ is a comprehensive yet easy-to-read tool that is broken down into discreet and understandable elements, meant to avoid the intimidating rhetoric of a standard reference. | <p>Accessible guide for self assessment and education directed at understanding cataract and corneal/refractive surgery </p><p>Written by leaders in the field for ophthalmologists/surgeons who own surgery centers, as well as administrative directors of Ambulatory Surgery​ Centers and hospitals, as well as office and surgical technicians, and scrub nurses</p><p>A comprehensive yet easy-to-read tool that is broken down into discreet and understandable elements</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38335-9 | Ophthalmology | Pe'er | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology | Eyelid and Conjunctival Tumors |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 238 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 238 p. 132 illus., 129 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Eyelid tumors: Examination Techniques.- Classification and Differential Diagnosis.- Benign Eyelid Tumors.- Basal Cell Carcinoma.- Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- Sebaceous Gland Carcinoma.- Eyelid Melanoma.- [NAME] Tumors.- [NAME] Surgical Techniques.- Sentinel Lymph Node Assessment and Biopsy.- Systemic Associations.- Conjunctival and Corneal Tumors:  Examination Techniques.- Classification and Differential Diagnosis.- Benign.- Squamous Neoplasia.- Primary Acquired Melanosis.- Melanoma.- Stromal Tumors.- Caruncle Tumors.- Surgical Techiniques.- Systemic Associations.​ | Written by internationally renowned experts, Clinical Ophthalmic Oncology provides practical guidance and advice on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers. The book supplies all of the state-of-the-art knowledge required in order to identify these cancers early and to treat them as effectively as possible. Using the information provided, readers will be able to provide effective patient care using the latest knowledge on all aspects of ophthalmic oncology, to verify diagnostic conclusions based on comparison with numerous full-color clinical photographs, and to locate required information quickly owing to the clinically focused and user-friendly format.In this volume, the examination techniques, classification, and differential diagnosis of eyelid tumors and conjunctival and corneal tumors are carefully explained, and treatment options are considered in detail.​ | <p>Practical guidance on the diagnosis and management of the complete range of ocular cancers</p><p>Numerous full-color photographs and illustrations that will facilitate diagnosis Detailed coverage of all management options</p><p>Written by internationally renowned experts​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38498-1 | Ophthalmology | Singh | [NAME] | Ocular and [NAME] |  | Essentials in Ophthalmology |  | 1 | 2014 | 120 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 120 p. 29 illus., 23 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH44004 | Ophthalmology | MJQ | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Ophthalmology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Classification Systems.- Histopathology.- Molecular Pathology.- Epidemiological Aspects.- Clinical Features and Diagnostic Evaluation.- Biopsy Techniques.- Staging and Treatment.- Vitreo Retinal Lymhoma: Staging and Treatment.- [NAME] and Adnexal Benign Reactive Lymphoid Hyperplasia.- Ocular and Adnexal T Cell Lymphoma. | This book – a conjoint effort of ocular oncologists, general oncologists, and pathologists – is a comprehensive source of authoritative information on the subject of ocular and adnexal lymphoma. It covers all aspects, including clinical features, classification, epidemiology, diagnostic evaluation, biopsy techniques, histology and molecular pathology, staging procedures, and treatment methods. Detailed information is provided on primary vitreoretinal and [NAME] and chapters are also included on rare variants such as T cell lymphoma and reactive lymphoid hyperplasia of the ocular adnexa. The emphasis throughout is on easy readability, and the layout ensures rapid retrieval of information. In order to convey fundamental concepts, numerous tables, clinical photographs, histopathologic microphotographs, and imaging studies (fluorescein and indocyanine angiograms, ultrasonograms, CT scans, and MR images) are included. | <p>Comprehensive source of authoritative information on ocular and adnexal lymphoma</p><p>Numerous tables, flow diagrams, lists, graphs, and charts</p><p>Clinical photographs, histopathologic microphotographs, and imaging studies (fluorescein and indocyanine angiograms, ultrasonograms, CT scans, and MR images) </p><p>Layout facilitating easy retrieval of information </p><p>All chapters contributed by experienced authors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5279-8 | Orthopedics | Menchetti | [NAME] | Minimally Invasive Surgery of the Lumbar Spine |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 362 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 362 p. 179 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45000 | Orthopedics | MNS | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Anesthesia and Perioperative Care in MISS.- Diagnostic imaging of degenerative spine diseases.- Radiofrequency Lumbar Facet Joint Denervation.- [NAME] treatment in lumbar disc herniation.- Assessment and Selection of the Appropriate Individualized Technique for Endoscopic Lumbar Disc Surgery.- Interspinous devices: State of the Art.- Less-invasive decompression and posterolateral fusion using ILIF with or without supplemental TLIF.- Minimal invasive Posterior Dynamic Stabilization: A new treatment option for disc degeneration.- Percutaneous pedicle screws in the lumbar spine.- Minimally invasive lumbar spine surgery: current status.- [NAME] Replacement.- Vertebral body augmentation in osteoporotic vertebral compression fractures.- The Sacroiliac Joint: A Minimally Invasive Approach.- Image- and [NAME] in Spine Surgery.- Bone substitution in spine fusion: the past, the present, the future.- Microsurgical approach for the treatment of juxtafacet synovial cysts of the lumbar spine. | Minimally invasive procedures are increasingly utilized and are replacing open surgery to reduce scarring and pain, enhance patient recovery, and minimize cost. This guide provides step-by-step guidance, expert instruction, and detailed illustration of the most recent minimally invasive orthopedic spine procedures. With a variety of chapters covering critical developments in the field including the utilization of biologic materials, image-guided surgery, and bone fusion, this guide delves into discussions of indications, methods for preoperative planning, complication avoidance strategies, and patient outcomes. | <p>Includes research on the most innovative minimally invasive procedures in spinal surgery </p><p>Authorship includes leading names within the field of orthopedic spinal surgery, neurosurgery, and pain management anesthesiology </p><p>Provides step-by-step guidance, expert instruction, and detailed illustration of the most recent minimally invasive orthopedic spine procedures</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54203-2 | Otorhinolaryngology | Nomura | [NAME] | Morphological Aspects of Inner Ear Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 250 p. 150 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | SCH12005 | Anatomy | MFC | Otorhinolaryngology | Monograph | Springer Japan | Planned | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | ​Preface.- 1 Structure of the Inner Ear..- 2 Inner Ear Fluid..- 3 Blood Vessels..- 4 Sudden Deafness..- 5 Meniere’s Disease..- 6 Viral Disease..- 7 Laser Surgery..- 8 Presbycusis..- 9 Anomalies. | This book approaches inner ear diseases from a perspective that is as multifaceted as the diseases themselves. Common among these disorders are sudden deafness, Ménière’s disease, and perilymphatic fistula. With an awareness of the generally insufficient understanding of the causes and etiologies of these and other inner ear diseases, the author helps to fill those gaps in knowledge.   Several factors have impeded a clearer understanding of inner ear diseases, chiefly the small size of the organ and its location in the hard temporal bone and, consequently, the inadequate resolution of CT and MRI images for pathophysiological analysis. This book provides morphological information about the inner ear, elucidating its fluids and blood vessels to help familiarize the reader with the complicated inner ear structures. Important information about how the inner ear responds to various stimuli is also given for a better understanding of the characteristics of the organ. Included are chapters describing specific diseases and animal models of the diseases. Examples and illustrations are presented for surgical applications. For instance, patients with intractable vertigo of inner-ear origin require surgical treatment and the application of a laser to the vestibular labyrinth, described in detail.  With its generous use of color photographs, this book is an excellent reference text for all doctors and trainees in the field of otolaryngology. | <p>Provides an approach to revealing the beautiful and miraculous inner ear structure by providing descriptive texts and many associated photographs </p><p>Explains applied surgical treatments such as laser techniques to help readers better understand inner ear disease treatments  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37249-0 | Otorhinolaryngology | Önerci | T. Metin Önerci | Nasal Physiology and Pathophysiology of Nasal Disorders |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 867 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 867 p. 259 illus., 170 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | SCB14000 | Immunology | MJCM | Otorhinolaryngology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Why the nasal passage, and  why do we have a nasal septum.- Functional Defense Mechanisms of the Nasal Respiratory Epithelium.- Cilia, ciliary movements, mucociliary transport .- T cells.- Mucus composition, goblet cells, glands.- Nasal Mucosal immunology, Secretory proteins Ig A, G etc B cell.- Toll like receptor, innate immunity.- Mast Cell.- Tight junctions.- Macrophage (Monocyte).- Intracelular signaling pathway molecular aspect.- [NAME] Eosinophil.- Neutrophil.- [NAME],  Trigeminal pain.- Sneezing, Why and how does the nose.- Air conditioning of the Nose.- Olfaction.- Function of the turbinates(nasal cycle).- Nasal Valve.- Nose and Sleep Disordered Breathing.- Air flow(distribution)  in the nose.- Clinical evaluation of the nasal function (Rhinomanometry,Acoustic Rhinometry, Rhinoresistometry, Testing of transport, Measurement of ciliary activity, Measurement of nasal defensive proteins, Assessment of olfactory function, [NAME] and the Nose, Electron microscopy and the nose, Genetic evaluation and nasal function).- Physiology and functional behaviour of the nasal cartilages.- Physiology of the Growing Nose.-  Physiologic concerns during Rhinoplasty.- Physiology of the aging nose.- The dry nose.- Systemic effects of nasal obstruction, nose  pulmonary interdependences.- Influence of hormones on the nose.- Physiologic effects of mouth breathing compared to nasal breathing.- Current trends and  future directions in nasal physiologic research.​ | Nasal physiology and pathophysiology is a relatively neglected area, yet without a deep knowledge of the physiology it is impossible to understand the impact of structural changes and the process of disease development or to make sound treatment decisions. With the help of numerous tables, schematic drawings, and color photographs, this book will enable the reader to understand the nasal physiology and pathophysiology in detail. All four functions of the nose – respiration, defense, olfaction, and cosmesis  – are covered. Each chapter addresses one important aspect in an accessible way, and each is written by an acknowledged expert on the topic under consideration. The various techniques of clinical evaluation of nasal function are fully discussed, and current trends and future directions in nasal physiologic research are also explored. This book will be of value to both practicing otorhinolaryngologists and novices in the field.​ | Provides detailed information on numerous aspects of nasal physiology and pathophysiology Covers all four functions of the nose: respiration, defense, olfaction, and cosmesis Includes many helpful tables, schematic drawings, and color photos Written by acknowledged experts ​ | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37815-7 | Pain Medicine | Dobe | [NAME]; [NAME] | Practical Treatment Options for Chronic Pain in Children and Adolescents | An Interdisciplinary Therapy Manual |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 236 | Soft cover | Book | XX, 236 p. 7 illus., 5 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Anaesthesiology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Epidemiology of pain disorders in children and adolescents.- Pain Disorder - A biopsychosocial disease: Biological Factors.- Psychological factors.- Diagnostics of pain disorders in children and adolescents.- Principles of treatment of pain disorders in children and adolescents.- When should an inpatient pain management be considered?.- Treatment of pain disorders in childhood and adolescence.- Special features of pain therapy in children with comorbid psychiatric or organic disorders and psychosocial stressors.- Can pain disorders be treated effectively in children? | Pain is an increasingly common symptom in children and adolescents, and nearly 5% of the paediatric population now suffer from severe chronic pain conditions. This manual describes the inpatient treatment programme of one of the world’s largest treatment facility for chronic pain in children – The German Paediatric Pain Centre – and the guidance provided is also applicable to outpatient pain management. Epidemiology, aetiology, diagnostics and treatment principles are all examined in detail. Criteria for inpatient treatment are explained, and the structure and organisation of a treatment centre for chronic pain are described. Therapeutic interventions are presented with the aid of many examples of pain management and health care from clinical practice. Special features of pain therapy for children and adolescents suffering from comorbid mental disorders, family difficulties or physical complaints are also discussed. | <p>Describes the inpatient treatment programme of one of the world’s largest treatment facility for chronic pain in children, The German Paediatric Pain Centre</p><p><p>Includes many examples of pain management and health care from clinical practice</p><p><p>Covers pain therapy for children and adolescents suffering from comorbid psychiatric or organic disorders</p><p><p>Also relevant to outpatient pain management</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7493-7 | Pain Medicine | Moore | [NAME] | Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care | Biobehavioral Approaches for the Life Course |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 865 | Soft cover | Book | XXVI, 865 p. 58 illus., 32 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH47003 | Pain Medicine | MMBP | SCY12020 | Health Psychology | MBNH9 | Pain Medicine | Handbook | Springer New York | Planned | 2013-07-29 00:00:00 |  |  | A Biopsychosocial Approach to Understanding Chronic Pain and Disability.- Part I: Communication and Pain.- Pain and Intercultural Communication.- Truth telling and Palliative Care.- Communication and Palliative Care: E-health Interventions and Pain Management.-  Educating Patients and Caregivers about Pain Management: : What clinicians need to know.- Part II: Assessment.- Pain Assessment Tools in Palliative Care and Cancer.-  Quality Indicators for Pain in Palliative Care.- Palliative Care Clinical Trials: Generalizability and Applicability in Hospice and Palliative Care Practice.- Dynamic Pain Assessment: An Application of Clinical Infometrics to Personalized Pain Treatment and Management.- [NAME] and Unmet Needs in Patients with Advanced Dementia: The Role of the Serial Trial Intervention (STI) .-  Part III: Common Pain Conditions.- Pediatric Chronic Pain.- Pain in the [NAME] Person.- Pain After Traumatic Brain Injury.-  Pain in the Battlefield Injured.- Pain, [NAME] and Traffic Safety.- Chronic Low Back Pain.- [NAME] Pain.- Part IV. Mechanisms.- Neuroanatomy of Pain and Pain Pathways.-  Acute to Chronic Pain: Transitions in the Post Surgical Patient.- Pain and the Placebo/Nocebo Effect.- Sex Differences in Pain across the Life Course.- Stress and Pain.- Hope in the context of pain and palliative care.- Temporomandibular Disorders and Fibromyalgia.- Phantom Limb Pain.- Pharmacogenetics of Pain: the Future of Personalized Medicine.- Pain Imaging.- Part V. Interventions.- Evidence-based Pharmacotherapy of Chronic Pain.- Chronic Pain and Opioids.- Nerve Blocks, [NAME], and [NAME] for Chronic Pain.- Neurosurgical Interventions for the Control of Chronic Pain Conditions.- Rehabilitation Treatments for Chronic Musculoskeletal Pain.- Part VI: Psychosocial, Complementary and Alternative (CAM) and [NAME] for the Control of Symptoms.- Pain, Depression and Anxiety in Cancer.-  Support groups for Chronic Pain.- CAM in Chronic Pain and Palliative Care.- Spiritual Dimensions of Pain and Suffering.- Part VII: Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences.- Suffering, [NAME], and Healing.- [NAME] and Pain: Towards an Integrative Model.- Representations of the Body in Pain: Anthropological Approaches.- The Art of Pain: the Patient’s Perspective of Chronic Pain.- Part VIII: Ethical Issues and Future Directions.- Disparities in Pain Management and Palliative Care.- The Delineation and Explication of Palliative Options of Last Resort.- Recognition and Resolution of Ethical Barriers to Palliative Care Research.- How Health Care Reform can Improve Access to Quality Pain and Palliative Care Services. | Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care:Biobehavioral Approaches for the Life Course Rhonda [NAME], editor This book takes both a biobehavioral and a lifespan approach to understanding long-term and chronic pain, and intervening to optimize patients’ functioning. Rich in clinical diversity, chapters explore emerging areas of interest (computer-based interventions, fibromyalgia, stress), ongoing concerns (cancer pain, low back pain), and special populations (pediatric, elderly, military). This coverage provides readers with a knowledge base in assessment, treatment, and  management that is up to date, practice strengthening, and forward looking. Subject areas featured in the [NAME] include: ▪ Patient-practitioner communication▪ Assessment tools and strategies▪ Common pain conditions across the lifespan▪ Biobehavioral mechanisms of chronic pain▪ Pharmaceutical, neurological, and rehabilitative interventions▪ Psychosocial, complementary/alternative, narrative, and spiritual approaches▪ Ethical issue and future directions With the rise of integrative perspective and the emphasis on overall quality of life rather than discrete symptoms, pain management is gaining importance across medical disciplines. Handbook of Pain and Palliative Care stands out as a one-stop reference for a range of professionals, including health practitioners specializing in pain management or palliative care, clinical and health psychologists, public health professionals, and clinicians and administrators in long-term care and hospice. | <p>Takes multidisciplinary approach to chronic pain across the lifespan</p><p></p><p> [NAME] emerging areas such as computer-based interventions and fibromyalgia</p><p></p><p>Includes research from genetics, biology, psychology, neurology, oncology, anthropology, and more</p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5262-0 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Histopathology Reporting | Guidelines for Surgical Cancer |  |  | 3 | 2013 | 460 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 460 p. 136 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF |  |  |  | Pathology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Gastrointestinal  Cancer: Oesophageal Carcinoma.- Gastric Carcinoma.- Ampulla of Vater and Head of Pancreas Carcinomas.- Small Intestinal Carcinoma.- Colorectal Carcinoma.- [NAME] Anal Canal Carcinoma (with Comments on Pelvic Exenteration).- Gall Bladder Carcinoma.- Extrahepatic Bile Duct Carcinoma.- Liver Carcinoma.- Head and Neck Cancer: General [NAME] and Oral Cavity Carcinomas.- Oropharyngeal Carcinoma (with comments on [NAME] and Hypopharynx).- Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Carcinomas.- Laryngeal Carcinoma.- [NAME] Tumours.- Thyroid Gland Tumours (with comments on Parathyroid).- Respiratory and Mediastinal Cancer: Lung Carcinoma.- Malignant Mesothelioma.- Mediastinal Cancer.- Skin Cancer: Non-Melanocytic Skin Carcinoma.- Malignant Melanoma.- Breast Cancer: Breast Carcinoma.- Gynaecological Cancer: Ovarian Carcinoma (with comments on Fallopian Tube Carcinoma).- Endometrial Carcinoma.- Cervical Carcinoma.- Vaginal Carcinoma.- Vulval Carcinoma.- Gestational Trophoblastic Tumours.- Urological Cancer: Renal Cell and Renal Pelvis/Ureter Carcinomas.- Bladder Carcinoma.- Prostate Carcinoma.- Urethral Carcinoma.- Testicular Cancer.- Penile Carcinoma.- [NAME]: Nodal Malignant Lymphoma (with comments on Extranodal Malignant Lymphoma and Metastatic Cancer).- Bone and Soft Tissue Cancer: Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas (with comments on Retroperitoneum and Adrenal Gland).- Ophthalmic Cancer: Intraocular Malignancy.- Extraocular Malignancy. | An easily comprehensible and practicable framework for standardised histopathology reports in surgical cancer. The pathological features of the common carcinomas are detailed and non-carcinomatous malignancies are also summarised. 7th edition TNM and WHO classifications of cancers are incorporated, with comments on any associated pathology, diagnostic clues and prognostic criteria supplemented visually by line diagrams.Each chapter’s introduction gives epidemiological, clinical, investigative and treatment summary details. Other pathology includes updated immunophenotypic expression and molecular techniques. The impact of these ancillary investigations on diagnosis, and as biomarkers of prognosis and prediction of response to treatment is summarised, as is the effect of adjuvant treatments on cancers. Experience based clues are given throughout as aids to tumour typing, grading, staging, and gauging prognosis and response to treatment. Histopathology Reporting: Guidelines for Surgical Cancer, Third Edition is invaluable for trainee and consultant diagnostic histopathologists all over the world, equipping the reader to produce high quality, clinically appropriate histopathology reports, and to participate in contemporary multidisciplinary team management of patients with surgical cancer. | <p>Includes 7th edition TNM and WHO classifications of cancers</p><p>Explains key epidemiological, clinical, investigative, pathological, prognostic and treatment issues</p><p>Highlights new clinical procedures and ancillary laboratory techniques</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7356-5 | Pathology | Baldi | [NAME]; Paola Pasquali; Enrico P Spugnini | Skin Cancer | A Practical Approach | Current Clinical Pathology |  | 1 | 2013 | 626 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 626 p. 271 illus., 223 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Embryology and Anatomy of the Skin.- Epidemiology  And  Prevention  Of  Cutaneous Tumors.- Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma: focus on biochemical and molecular characteristics.- Molecular Pathology Of Melanocytic Skin Cancer.- Basal Cell Carcinoma: molecular and pathological [NAME] tumors: a large spectrum of clinic-pathological lesions.- Pathology of Melanocytic Skin Tumors.- Pathology Of Other Skin Cancer.- Primary Cutaneous Lymphomas.- Comparative Oncology of Skin Cancer.- Clinical-pathological integration in the diagnosis of skin cancer.- Cytology.- Dermoscopy.- Introduction to Ultrasonography in Skin Cancer.- Use of 22 MHz High Frequency Ultrasound in the management of skin cancer.- Optical Coherence Tomography.- Reflectance Confocal Microscopy in Skin Cancer.- Multiphoton Laser Microscopy with [NAME] Imagin.- Cryosurgery.- Immunological aspects of cryosurgery.- Photodynamic Therapy.- Lasers for Skin Cancer.- Radiation therapy in Dermatology.- Electrochemotherapy in dermatological oncology.- Systemic Treatment of Primary Cutaneous Lymphomas.- Systemic therapy in melanoma.- Systemic Therapy for Rare Tumours of the Skin and Soft Tissue Tumour.- Sentinel Lymph Node.- Sunlight-Induced Skin Cancer In Companion Animals.- Telemedicine and skin cancer: Teledermatology and Teledermoscopy.- Automated Content-Based Image Retrieval: Application On Dermoscopic Images Of Pigmented Skin Lesions.- Gene Expression Profiling in Melanoma. | Skin Cancer: A Practical Approach presents a comprehensive and up to date overview on skin cancer. With an emphasis on practical aspects that will set the basis for guidelines of treatment, the volume presents different diagnostic tools to help physicians obtain the proper diagnosis. Written by a worldwide base of experts selected on their recognized expertise on the different themes discussed, [NAME]: A Practical Approach is a valuable resource for investigators in the field of skin cancer, including pathologists, medical and surgical oncologists, dermatologists, general surgeons, and veterinary oncologists | <p>Provides a concise and comprehensive summary of skin cancer</p><p>Written by a worldwide base of experts</p><p>Extensively illustrated with figures and color photographs</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38384-7 | Pathology | Barnhill | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Melanoma |  |  |  | 3 | 2014 | 571 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 571 p. 216 illus., 206 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH1900X | Dermatology | MJK | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Melanocytes.- Biopsies, Tissue Processing, Immunohistochemistry, and Ancillary Techniques.- Genetic and Molecular Pathology of Melanoma.- Circumscribed Pigmented Lesions Composed of Basilar Melanocytes.- Common Acquired and Atypical (Dysplastic) Melanocytic Nevi.- Congenital Melanocytic Nevi and [NAME], Congenital and [NAME] and Variants.- Dermal Melanocytoses, Blue Nevi, and Related Conditions.- Melanocytic Nevi with Phenotypic Heterogeneity.- Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma.- Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Mucosa.- Benign and Malignant Melanocytic Neoplasms of the Ocular Apparatus.- Metastatic Malignant Melanoma.- Prognostic Factors in Cutaneous Malignant Melanoma. | Highly acclaimed and considered the leading reference in the field, Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and Malignant Melanoma has once again been fully revised and updated to reflect the most recent advances and techniques in the field of melanoma pathology. The successful focus and format of the previous editions have been preserved. Each lesion and diagnosis is clearly illustrated with the aid of a wealth of digitally enhanced full-color photomicrographs. A concise description of the clinical features, histopathology, differential diagnosis, and outstanding characteristics of each lesion provides readers with a quick yet comprehensive overview of each topic covered. Pathology of Melanocytic Nevi and [NAME] is the essential reference for every practicing dermatopathologist, pathologist, dermatologist, and cancer research scientist today. | <p>Leading reference in the field</p><p>Revised and updated to reflect the most recent advances and techniques</p><p>Contains a wealth of digitally enhanced full-color photomicrographs</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37608-5 | Pathology | Barrios | [NAME]; [NAME] | Parasitic Diseases of the Lungs |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 108 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 108 p. 47 illus., 45 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Diagnosis of Pulmonary Parasitic Diseases.- Molecular Pathology of Pulmonary Parasitic Diseases.- General Mechanisms of Tissue Injury in Parasitic Infections.- Protozoal Infections.- Nematoda.- The Trematodes.- Cestoda.- Interpretation of Lung Biopsies with Parasitic vs. Pseudoparasitic Structures: Artifacts that Resemble Parasites and Parasites that Resemble Artifacts.- Arthropods and Bronchopulmonary Pathology. | Diagnosis of parasitic lung diseases is often difficult as their clinical manifestations can mimic common respiratory illnesses and routine tests can fail to detect the infections. Parasitic Diseases of the Lungs is designed as a practical guide for pathologists who encounter parasitic diseases of the lung in their daily routine. The book comprises eight chapters. After discussion of the handling of lung biopsies from patients with suspected parasitic disease, individual chapters focus on Protozoa, Nematoda, Trematoda, and Cestoda. The morphologic patterns associated with various parasitic infections are then analyzed, and differentiation between artifacts and parasites is discussed. The final chapter is devoted to the immunocompromised patient and covers general principles of histologic evaluation, parasites associated with HIV and AIDS, and the features of diffuse alveolar damage. | <p>Practical guide for pathologists who encounter parasitic diseases of the lung in their daily routine<br>Covers all relevant parasitic diseases<br>Provides guidance on handling lung biopsies<br>Includes advice on differentiation of parasites and artifacts<br>Discusses aspects specific to the immunocompromised patient<br></p><p> </p><p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-2445-0 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Atlas of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 410 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 410 p. 595 illus., 585 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 239 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF |  |  |  | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction.- Image-Guided Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology.- Breast.- Head and Neck: Salivary Glands.- Thyroid.- Lung.- [NAME] and [NAME] Transbronchial Needle Aspiration.- Lymph Nodes.- Spleen.- Liver.- Pancreas.- Kidney and Adrenal Gland.- Soft Tissue.- Skin and Subcutis.- Bone.- Pediatric Tumours.- Orbit and Ocular Adnexa. | This book covers all of the diagnostic areas where FNAC is used today. This includes palpable lesions and lesions sampled using various radiological methods, and correlations with ancillary examinations detailed on an entity-by-entity basis. As well as being a complete atlas of the facts and findings important to FNAC, this atlas is a guide to diagnostic methods that optimize health care. The interaction of the cytologist or cytopathologist with other specialists (radiologists, oncologists and surgeons) involved in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with suspicious mass lesions is emphasized and illustrated throughout.  With contributions from experts in the field internationally and abundant colour images Atlas of Fine Needle Aspiration Cytology provides a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to FNAC for pathologists, cytopathologists, radiologists, oncologists, surgeons and others involved in the diagnosis and treatment of patients with suspicious mass lesions. | <p>Single reference for all FNAC queries </p><p>Illustrations of FNAC smears classified by their microscopic pattern </p><p>Illustrations include air dried, wet fixed and liquid-based specimens </p><p>Suitable for cytopathologists around the world</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7024-3 | Pathology | Fisher | Cyril Fisher | [NAME] of Soft Tissue Tumor Pathology |  | Atlas of Anatomic Pathology |  | 1 | 2013 | 184 | Hard cover | Book | X, 184 p. 566 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH3307X | Hematology | MJF | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | Available | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 | 2013-05-11 00:00:00 |  | 1. Tumors of Adipose Tissue.- 2. Chondroid and Osseous Tumors of Soft Tissue.- 3. Benign Fibroblastic and Myofibroblastic Lesions.- 4. Intermediate and Malignant Fibroblastic and Myofibroblastic Tumors.- 5. Fibrohistiocytic Lesions.- 6. Genital Stromal Tumors.- 7. Mesothelial Lesions.- 8. Myoepithelial Tumors.- 9. Nerve Sheath Tumors.- 10. Neuroectodermal and Neural Tumors.- 11. Tumors of Pericytes.- 12. Skeletal Muscle Tumors.- 13. [NAME] Tumors.- 14. Vascular Lesions.- 15. Tumors of Uncertain Differentiation.- 16. Other Lesions. | Soft tissue tumors are a large and heterogeneous group of tumors and pseudotumors with a spectrum of behavior from benign to frankly malignant.  This Atlas of Soft Tissue Tumor Pathology provides an overview of reactive, pseudoneoplastic, benign and intermediate neoplasms, sarcomas and related conditions arising in subcutaneous and deep soft tissues. Emphasis is placed on microscopic appearances with correlation with gross diagnostic findings where relevant. In addition, the immunohistochemical and molecular genetic features of the major soft tissue tumor subtypes are presented. This compendium of soft tissue tumors illustrates the vast majority of diseases you are likely to encounter in surgical pathology. | <p>Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologist </p><p>Features visual diagnostic criteria with detailed figure legends </p><p>A quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39079-1 | Pathology | Fogo | Agnes Fogo; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Fundamentals of Renal Pathology |  |  |  | 2 | 2014 | 245 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 245 p. 112 illus., 90 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | Pathology | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Renal Anatomy and Basic Concepts and Methods in Renal Pathology.- Glomerular Diseases with Nephrotic Syndrome Presentations.- Glomerular Disease with Nephritic Syndrome Presentations.- Systemic Diseases Affecting the Kidney.- Vascular Diseases.- Tubulointerstitial Diseases.- Plasma cell Dyscrasias and Associated Renal Diseases.- Renal Transplant Pathology. | Fundamentals of Renal Pathology is a compact and up-to-date resource on the basics of renal pathology that will be of particular value for residents and fellows in training in renal pathology, general pathology, and nephrology, but will also serve as a handy reference for the more experienced. This second, revised and updated edition of the book offers an integrated approach based on contributions from established experts in the field. Key diseases are discussed within the context of clinical presentations, with the emphasis on clinicopathological correlation and differential diagnosis. Topics discussed include glomerular diseases with nephrotic or nephritic syndrome presentations; systemic and vascular diseases affecting the kidney, including diseases affecting the renal transplant; tubulointerstitial diseases; and plasma cell dyscrasias and associated diseases. Well-chosen color illustrations and electron micrographs enhance and complement the text. | <p>Compact, focussed resource ideal for the beginner but also useful for the expert<br>Step-by-step analysis of biopsy lesions associated with different clinical syndromes<br>Numerous illustrations providing classic examples of the discussed entities<br>Based on a highly successful renal pathology course<br>New, revised and updated edition<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-6710-6 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 752 | Hard cover | Book | XXXIV, 752 p. 655 illus., 585 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-26 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction and General Principles of the Autopsy.- Pediatric Autopsy: Fetus, Newborn, and Child.- Examination of the Human Embryo.- The Placenta.- Hydrops, Cystic Hygroma, [NAME], and Fetal Ascites.- Chromosomal Defects.- Congenital Abnormalities.- Cardiovascular System.- Respiratory system.- Gastrointestinal System.- Liver, Gallbladder, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas.- Renal System.- Male and Female Genitourinary Systems.- Central Nervous System.- [NAME], Spleen, [NAME], and Immunodeficiency.- Hematopoietic System.- Pediatric Tumors.- Skeletal System.- Skin.- Infections.- Transplantation.- [NAME] and Adnexa.- Metabolic Diseases.- Sudden Infant Death.- Forensic Pathology.- Special Procedures.- Infection Control and Biological Hazards. | Pathologists have long recognized that pediatric autopsy requires great care in technique and dissection to ensure that easily overlooked malformations are recognized and accurate diagnoses are made. The highly experienced authors have created a new edition of Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, a comprehensive reference guide to the actual performance of the pediatric autopsy and the optimal recognition and interpretation of pathologic findings. The Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition covers the spectrum of pediatric pathology with particular reference to those conditions that can be identified at autopsy. New and updated material includes microbiological studies, particularly with the advent of newly described micro-organisms causing disease. The volume also addresses new developments in metabolic diseases, new techniques of ultrasound imaging, and specialized laboratory testing.  Furthermore, the book provides a wealth of practical information and bibliographic citations throughout, new copious illustrations and line drawings, numerous standard reference tables, and appendices at the end of multiple chapters. Authored by authorities in the field, Handbook of Pediatric Autopsy Pathology, Second Edition is a valuable resource that will assist general and pediatric pathologists, neonatologists, interns and residents in training, as well as specialists in cytogenetics and ultrasound technicians in understanding the manner and cause of death in its broadest and comprehensive sense. | <p>Expert guidance to performing a pediatric autopsy</p><p> </p><p>Cutting-edge methods that demonstrate great care in technique and dissection</p><p> </p><p>Expansion on the application of molecular and special procedures such as DNA determination, enzyme analysis, and microarrays</p><p> </p><p>Numerous color illustrations, diagrams, and standard reference tables</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7269-8 | Pathology | Khalbuss | [NAME]; [NAME] | Gynecological and Breast Cytopathology Board Review and Self-Assessment |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 567 | Soft cover | Book | XIII, 567 p. 363 illus., 361 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF |  |  |  | Pathology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 |  |  | The Pap Test: Technique and Reporting.- Human Papilloma Virus (HPV) Infection and Cervical Lesions.- Normal, Infectious, and [NAME] in the Pap Test.- Squamous Lesions in the Pap Test.- Glandular Lesions in the Pap Test.- Hyperchromatic Crowded Groups (HCG) in the Pap Test.- Challenging and Uncommon Lesions in the Pap Test.- Management Issues and Quality Assurance (QA) in the Pap Test.- Pelvic Washings for Gynecological Lesions.- Breast FNA: Cytomorphology and  [NAME]. | Gynecological and Breast Cytopathology Board Review and Self-Assessment is a comprehensive systems-based review of gynecological and breast cytology including cytomorphology, pitfalls and ancillary studies. Presented in a high-yield format with board-type multiple choice questions and detailed answers, this review includes chapters covering Pap smear cytology, colposcopy, breast FNA, and [NAME] washings. The book is also enriched with features to maximize studying and reviewing of cytopathology, including high-yield review with tables emphasizing key points, board exam-type questions, and high quality full-color images.    Written by cytologists and cytopathologists with experience in the practice of modern cytology, as well as intensive teaching experience at national and international levels. Gynecological and Breast Cytopathology Board Review and Self-Assessment provides an excellent review, resource, and self-assessment for pathologists, cytopathologists, cytotechnologists, and trainees preparing for board examinations. | <p>Over 730 board exam-type questions </p><p>Over 300 high-quality full-color photomicrographs </p><p>Concise high-yield review with tables emphasizing key points </p><p>Written by experienced cytologists with intensive teaching experience<br></p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7958-1 | Pathology | Miranda | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of [NAME] |  | Atlas of Anatomic Pathology |  | 1 | 2013 | 507 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 507 p. 756 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH43008 | Oncology | MJCL | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Normal Lymph Node Architecture and Function.- Reactive Follicular Hyperplasia.- Reactive Paracortical Hyperplasia.- Bacterial (Suppurative) Lymphadenitis.- Chronic Granulomatous Lymphadenitis.- Mycobacterium Tuberculosis Lymphadenitis.- Atypical Mycobacterial Lymphadenitis.- Mycobacterial Spindle Cell Pseudotumor.- Cat-Scratch Lymphadenitis.- Bacillary Angiomatosis of Lymph Nodes.- Lymphogranuloma Venereum Lymphadenitis.- Whipple Disease Lymphadenitis.- Syphilitic Lymphadenitis.- Brucellosis Lymphadenitis.- Toxoplasma Lymphadenitis.- [NAME]: Histoplasma, Cryptococcus, and Coccidioides.- Infectious Mononucleosis.- Herpes Simplex Virus and [NAME] Virus Lymphadenitis.- Inflammatory Pseudotumor of Lymph Nodes.- Progressive Transformation of Germinal Centers.- Kikuchi-Fujimoto Disease.- Rosai–Dorfman Disease.- [NAME] Lymphadenopathy.- [NAME] [NAME] Disease.- Rheumatoid Arthritis-Related Lymphadenopathy.- Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Lymphadenopathy.- Sarcoidosis Lymphadenopathy.- Dermatopathic Lymphadenopathy.- Hemophagocytic Lymphohistiocytosis/Hemophagocytic Syndromes.- [NAME] Infarction.- Silicone-Induced Lymphadenopathy.- [NAME] with Joint Prostheses.- Lymphadenopathy in IgG4-Related Disease.- Lymphadenopathy Secondary to Drug-Induced Hypersensitivity Syndrome.- Amyloidosis Lymphadenopathy.- B-Lymphoblastic Lymphoma/Leukemia.- T-Lymphoblastic Lymphoma/Leukemia.- [NAME] with FGFR1 Abnormalities.- Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia/Small Lymphocytic Lymphoma.- Richter Syndrome.- Nodal Marginal Zone Lymphoma.- Extranodal Marginal Zone Lymphoma of Mucosa-Associated Lymphoid Tissue (MALT Lymphoma).- Splenic B-cell Marginal Zone Lymphoma in Lymph Node.- Lymphoplasmacytic Lymphoma and Waldenstrom Macroglobulinemia.- Solitary [NAME] of Lymph Node.- Follicular Lymphoma.- Mantle Cell Lymphoma.- Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma, Not Otherwise Specified.- T cell/Histiocyte-Rich Large B-cell Lymphoma.- ALK-Positive Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma.- [NAME] Large B-Cell Lymphoma of the Elderly.- [NAME] (Thymic) Large B-cell Lymphoma.- Plasmablastic Lymphoma.- Large B-cell Lymphoma Arising in HHV8-Positive [NAME] Disease.- B-cell Lymphoma, Unclassifiable, with Features Intermediate Between Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma and [NAME] Lymphoma.- B-cell Lymphoma, Unclassifiable, with Features Intermediate Between DLBCL and [NAME] Lymphoma.- B-cell Lymphoma, Unclassifiable, With Features Intermediate Between Diffuse Large B-cell Lymphoma and Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Peripheral T-cell Lymphoma, Not Otherwise Specified.- Angioimmunoblastic T-cell Lymphoma.- ALK-Positive Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma.- ALK-Negative Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma.- Cutaneous Anaplastic Large Cell Lymphoma with Dissemination to [NAME] and Other Sites.- Mycosis Fungoides.- T-Cell Prolymphocytic Leukemia Involving Lymph Nodes and Other Tissues.- Adult T-cell Leukemia/Lymphoma.- Extranodal NK/T-cell Lymphoma, Nasal Type.- [NAME] Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Nodular Sclerosis Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Lymphocyte-Rich Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Mixed Cellularity Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Lymphocyte-Depleted Hodgkin Lymphoma.- Lymphoproliferative Diseases Associated with Primary Immune Disorders.- Autoimmune Lymphoproliferative Syndrome.- Immunomodulating Agent-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorders.- Post-Transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder: Early and Polymorphic Lesions.- Monomorphic B-cell (Including Plasmacytic) Post-transplant Lymphoproliferative Disorder.- Post-transplant [NAME], [NAME] T/NK-cell Type, and Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma.- [NAME] with HIV Infection.- Blastic Plasmacytoid De | [NAME] of [NAME] reviews the histopathology of nodal diseases, illustrating the use of ancillary studies and includes concise discussions of pathogenesis, clinical settings and clinical significance of the pathologic diagnosis. The atlas features an overview of the benign reactive processes secondary to infectious, environmental or unknown insults, as well as relevant illustrations of virtually all primary and secondary neoplasms involving lymph nodes. The atlas also includes macroscopic images of some disorders, tables that help readers understand and comprehend diseases that look alike, and diagnostic algorithms for certain groups of diseases.Authored by highly experienced pathologists, [NAME] of [NAME] is a valuable resource that illustrates the vast majority of diseases practicing pathologists, clinicians and oncologists are likely to encounter in daily practice. | <p>Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists</p><p> Features visual diagnostic criteria with detailed figure legends </p><p>A quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8083-9 | Pathology | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] | Atlas of Esophagus and Stomach Pathology |  | Atlas of Anatomic Pathology |  | 1 | 2014 | 176 | Hard cover | Book | XI, 176 p. 376 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF |  |  |  | Pathology | Monograph | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | Normal Histologic Anatomy and Common Variations.- General [NAME] Noninfectious Inflammatory Conditions.- Infectious Esophagitis and Organisms.- Benign Squamous Proliferations.- Squamous Intraepithelial Neoplasia.- Invasive Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- Unusual Carcinomas, Including Squamous Variants.- Nonneoplastic [NAME]'s Mucosa.- [NAME] and Dysplasia Mimics in [NAME]'s Mucosa.- [NAME] in [NAME]'s Mucosa.- Mesenchymal and Melanocytic Proliferations.- Esophageal Odds and Ends.- Gastric Cardiac Mucosa.- Normal Biopsy Anatomy/Histology and General Changes.- General [NAME] and [NAME] to Ignore.- Structural Abnormalities/Heterotopias.- Vascular Abnormalities.- Toxic and Medication-Induced Conditions.- Noninfectious Inflammatory and Systemic Diseases Affecting the Stomach.- Infectious Diseases and Organisms.- Hyperplastic/Metaplastic Conditions.- Benign Tumors and Polyps.- [NAME] and Adenomas.- Carcinoma of the Stomach.- [NAME] of the Stomach.- Mesenchymal Neoplasms.- Hematolymphoid Neoplasms.- Gastric Metastases. | Atlas of Esophagus and Stomach Pathology provides an image-based resource for those studying normal histology of the upper gastrointestinal tract, as well as the microscopic manifestations of developmental abnormalities, toxic insults, infectious diseases, inflammatory and autoimmune conditions, and neoplasia in the esophagus and stomach. Because modern gastrointestinal pathology practice centers on specimens obtained during endoscopic examination, the atlas focuses on biopsy pathology, providing “real-world” microscopic images and ancillary diagnostic studies for most commonly-encountered abnormalities and diseases affecting these two organs. The book is supplemented with endoscopic and special study images. Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists, Atlas of Esophagus and Stomach Pathology is a valuable tool for both pathologists-in-training seeking to make “new acquaintances”, and practicing surgical pathologists in need of a quick visual reference in recalling “old friends” in the world of diagnostic gastrointestinal pathology. | <p>Authored by nationally and internationally recognized pathologists </p><p>Features visual diagnostic criteria with detailed figure legends </p><p>A quick reference guide for the diagnosis of usual and unusual diseases </p><p>Supplemented with endoscopic and special study images</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5269-9 | Pathology | Rutty | [NAME] | Essentials of Autopsy Practice | Advances, Updates and Emerging Technologies |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 170 | Hard cover | Book | XIV, 170 p. 52 illus., 38 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH4800X | Pathology | MMF | SCH23007 | Forensic Medicine | MMQ | Pathology | Contributed volume | Springer London | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Post-Mortem Computed Tomography (PMCT) Scanning with Angiography (PMCTA). A Description of Three Distinct Methods.- Death by Hanging.- [NAME] Toxins.- The Dismembered Body.- Medico-legal Autopsies and Pharmacogenetics.- Forensic Entomology: a Synopsis, Guide and Update.- Advances in the Use of Latent Finger Marks. | This book covers new and exciting topics which have emerged in the area of autopsy recently, including the three different post-mortem CT-angiography systems currently available to practitioners in this field; a highly topical chapter on the role of genetic abnormalities in the handling of drugs within the body and how this can affect the interpretation of toxicological results in relation to how the drug may have caused or contributed to death; an update on the current classification and considerations related to deaths due to hanging; a review of injuries and fatalities caused by animals including post-mortem scavenging; an authoritative review of poisons and toxins from water and the life that inhabits it; and recent advances in knowledge in the use of entomology as an investigative tool as well as knowledge related to colonisation of cadavers by insects, animals and birds.  Essentials of Autopsy Practice: Advances, Updates and Emerging Technologies is a multi-subject book, aimed at different grades of practitioners, from different practice areas, covering topics that are currently discussed and anticipated to be discussed in the field of autopsy practice over the next few years.​ | <p>Explains current hot topics in autopsy practice</p><p>Written by experts in the field internationally  </p><p>Highlights developments in a range of areas of autopsy practice</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37637-5 | Pediatric Surgery | Schier | [NAME]; Salmai Turial | Laparoscopy in Children |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 148 | Hard cover | Book | VIII, 148 p. 176 illus., 175 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 119 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59079 | Pediatric Surgery | MNC | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | Surgery | Monograph | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-23 00:00:00 |  |  | Equipment, Children, Anesthesia, Gas Embolism.- Technical Basics: Insufflation, Trocar Insertion, Instruments, Needle Insertion, Suturing, Ligating.- Thoracoscopic Procedures.- Upper Abdomen.- Right Upper Abdomen.- Urogenital Procedures.- Middle And Lower Gastrointestinal Tract.- Index. | When [NAME] in Children was first published in 2003, it quickly became popular with pediatric surgeons worldwide owing to its clear schematic drawings and concise text. This new edition has been revised and enlarged to cover the new procedures and other advances that have emerged in the intervening period, during which the number of operations has almost doubled. Now, the vast majority of indications for laparoscopy in children are presented and discussed. Each operation is systematically described and illustrated step by step, providing the reader with the technical guidelines required to perform laparoscopy safely even in small children. Laparoscopy in Children will be an invaluable guide for all surgeons who perform, or plan to perform, such operations. | Clear, simple drawings and concise text   Step-by-step instructions on each technique Explains how procedures in children differ from those in adults [NAME] and enlarged edition, reflecting newer procedures | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-489-0 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Pediatric Hypertension |  | Clinical Hypertension and Vascular Diseases |  | 3 | 2013 | 600 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 600 p. 67 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH33126 | Nephrology | MJR | Pediatrics | Contributed volume | Humana Press | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The field of pediatric hypertension has undergone important changes in the time since the second edition of Pediatric Hypertension published. Much new information on hypertension in the young has become available. Previous chapters have been fully revised and new chapters have been added to cover important topics of recent interest such as consensus recommendations, the prevalence of hypertension in the young due to the obesity epidemic, studies of antihypertensive agents, and ambulatory blood pressure monitoring. Pediatric Hypertension, [NAME] is a comprehensive volume featuring 38 chapters covering the breadth of the current knowledge. It is divided into four sections: Regulation of Blood Pressure in Children; Assessment of Blood Pressure in Children: Measurement, Normative Data, Epidemiology; and Hypertension in Children: Predictors, Risk Factors, and Special Populations; Evaluation and Management of Pediatric Hypertension. Filled with the most up-to-date information, Pediatric Hypertension, [NAME] is an invaluable resource for clinicians and researchers interested in childhood hypertension. | <p>Contains new information on hypertension in the young</p><p>Chapters are new or updated</p><p>A useful resource for both clinicians and researchers</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7917-8 | Pediatrics | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The MassGeneral Hospital for Children Handbook of Pediatric Global Health |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 740 | Soft cover | Book | XVI, 740 p. 90 illus., 82 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | Pediatrics | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | The MassGeneral Hospital for Children Handbook of Pediatric Global Health is a concise resource for the ever-increasing number of health professionals involved in global health, many of whom spend a few weeks to months or even years providing medical care in resource-poor countries.  This Handbook provides practical, evidence-based, hands-on guidance for managing and preventing childhood illnesses when resources are limited in low- and middle-income countries.  It also offers a setting-specific understanding and management approaches to the major causes of childhood mortality, including pneumonia, diarrhea, birth asphyxia, complications of preterm birth, and neonatal sepsis.  The Handbook provides an overview of childhood mortality, health systems, and the various stakeholders that play a role in the global health arena, and also contains chapters focusing on adolescents who are increasingly recognized as a unique population in whom interventions can go a long way in bothconsolidating the gains made in childhood and preventing adult disease.  Finally, key topics in non-communicable diseases are covered, including trauma and injuries, pediatric mental health, child and adolescent rights, and oral health.  Not meant solely for pediatricians, the [NAME] is designed for generalists, specialists, doctors, nurses, other health care workers, and those in training.  An indispensable reference for health professionals overseas, the Handbook will also be a useful addition and resource for academic centers and universities in industrialized nations that are creating courses for trainees who will do clinical electives abroad during their training. | <p>Comprehensive reference for physicians and physicians in training</p><p>Includes many uniques issues of providing optimal pediatric care</p><p>Written by renowned experts in the field</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-4-431-54314-5 | Pediatrics | Sawaguchi | [NAME] | Sudden Infant Death Syndrome | From Pathophysiological Prospects |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 122 | Hard cover | Book | X, 122 p. 15 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH49006 | Pediatrics | MJW | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Pediatrics | Contributed volume | Springer Japan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. Sudden infant death syndrome and the pedunculpontine tegmental nucleus.- 2. Developmental alteration of hypocretins (orexins) in the brainstem in the sudden infant death syndrome.- 3. Sudden infant death syndrome from epidemiology to pathophysiology: Exploring the connections.- 4. Sleep deprivation in infants, children and adolescents.- 5. Sleep disturbance in children resulting from noises exposure.- 6. Sudden infant death syndrome from the perspective of arousal deficiency.- 7. Cerebral blood oxygenation changes over the occipital and frontal cortexes during sucking in infants: an optical topographic study.- 8. Mismatch negativity in healthy neonates and premature babies. | Sudden infant death syndrome (SIDS) is characterised by the sudden death of an infant that is not predicted by prior medical history and it is still responsible for a large percentage of infant mortalities. The exact causes have long remained unknown, though some risk factors such as including exposure to tobacco smoke, no breast feeding, and prone sleeping position, have been identified. However an analysis linking neurophysiological and neuropathological aspects in a prospective study of SIDS suggests that one of the causes of SIDS is arousal deficiency. This unique book provides the latest, comprehensive information on SIDS research from epidemiology to physiology.​ | Includes both physiological aspects and pathological aspects of Sudden Infant Death Syndrome (SIDS) Based on a prospective study of SIDS, evaluates arousal deficiency as a causal factor Provides updated and comprehensive information on SIDS research and related science | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-35430-4 | Plastic Surgery | Shiffman | [NAME] | Advanced Cosmetic Otoplasty | Art, Science, and New Clinical Techniques |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 585 | Hard cover | Book w. online files/update | XIII, 585 p. 542 illus., 519 illus. in color. With online files/update. | 0 | final | 269 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59087 | Plastic Surgery | MNP | SCH46007 | Otorhinolaryngology | MJP | Plastic Surgery | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Foreword: Mathematical Physics and Theoretical Physics as Dialectics Between Mathematics and Physics, by Évelyne Barbin.- The Construction of Group Theory in Crystallography, by Bernard Maitte.- Historical Reflections on the Physics Mathematics Relationship in Electromagnetic Theory, by Raffaele Pisano.- Mathematical Physics in Italy in the XIX Century: The Theory of Elasticity, by Danilo Capecchi.- The Interaction of Physics, Mechanics and Mathematics in [NAME] Research, by Jesper Lützen.- Mathematical Physics in the Style of Gabriel Lamé and the TVeatise of Emile Mathieu, by [NAME] and René Guitart.- The Emergence of Mathematical Physics at the University of Leipzig, by [NAME] Schlote.- On Boundaries of the Language of Physics, by [NAME] The Relationship Between Physics and Mathematics in the XIXth Century: [NAME] of a Foundational Pluralism, by Antonino Drago.- Index. | In this book, international experts present up-to-date techniques of otoplasty in which they have extensive personal experience. Both new and modified procedures are described with the aid of a wealth of high-quality illustrations. In addition to these detailed descriptions, ear embryology and anatomy, psychological issues, postoperative care, possible risks and complications, and outcomes are extensively covered in order to provide the reader with a state of the art account of all aspects of cosmetic otoplasty. Throughout, the contributors are inventive and eloquent in guiding the reader to a better understanding that optimal results of otoplasty will be achieved only with a more refined approach than the routine use of simplified techniques. This book will be of value to both students (residents and fellows) and experienced cosmetic, plastic, maxillofacial, and general surgeons. ​ | <p>Detailed descriptions of new and modified procedures used in cosmetic otoplasty   </p><p>Clear explanations of potential risks and complications   </p><p>Written by international experts with extensive experience in the techniques described  </p><p>Wealth of high-quality illustrations​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7635-1 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | Meyer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome in Lung Transplantation |  | Respiratory Medicine | 8 | 1 | 2013 | 321 | Hard cover | Book | XV, 321 p. 42 illus., 26 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH33134 | Pneumology/Respiratory System | MJL | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Internal Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome and Chronic Lung Allograft Dysfunction: Evolving Concepts and Nomenclature.- [NAME] in Lung Transplants.- Non-Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome Forms of Chronic Lung Allograft Dysfunction.- The Role of Thoracic Imaging in the Diagnosis of BOS and Related Disorders.- Making a Confident Diagnosis of Obliterative Bronchiolitis.- The Role of Alloimmune T-Cell Responses in Obliterative Bronchiolitis.- Antibody-Mediated Rejection and the Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome.- Innate Immune Responses and Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome.- Mechanisms of Fibrogenesis in Post-Transplant Bronchiolitis Obliterans.- The Role of Autoimmunity in the Pathogenesis of Obliterative Bronchiolitis.- The Role of Infections in BOS.- Gastroesophageal Reflux and Aspiration in Chronic Lung Allograft Dysfunction and Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome: Detection and Treatment.- Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome in Children.- Immunosuppression for the Prevention and Treatment of BOS.- Macrolides for the Prevention and Treatment of BOS.- Other Treatments for Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome. | Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome in Lung Transplantation presents the most current and up-to-date evidence regarding the diagnosis and management of BOS.  In-depth chapters provide readers with a comprehensive understanding of the definition and changing perceptions of the nature of BOS as a clinical and pathologic entity, immune and non-immune mechanisms that have been identified as risk factors for the development of BOS, and interventions that may prove to be clinically useful for the prevention or treatment of BOS.  In addition to outlining the current state of knowledge, each chapter provides the reader with the most current and ongoing research in the field as well as identifies areas where future research is needed. Written by an international group of expert authors, Bronchiolitis Obliterans Syndrome in [NAME] is an important new text, that is essential reading for pulmonologists, primary care practitioners, respiratory care practitioners and clinical researchers. | <p>Delivers a concise review of the current understanding of delayed lung allograft dysfunction and the pathogenesis of obliterative bronchiolitis </p><p>Each chapter contains keywords and a summary </p>The current state of knowledge is outlined in each chapter | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7418-0 | Practice Management | Agrawal | [NAME] | Patient Safety | A Case-Based Comprehensive Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 394 | Soft cover | Book | XXXI, 394 p. 73 illus., 68 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH68000 | Practice Management | MBPM | SCH24003 | General Practice / Family Medicine | MBPC | Medicine, General | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Despite the evolution and growing awareness of patient safety, many medical professionals are not a part of this important conversation.  Clinicians often believe they are too busy taking care of patients to adopt and implement patient safety initiatives and that acknowledging medical errors is an affront to their skills.Patient Safety provides clinicians with a better understanding of the prevalence, causes and solutions for medical errors; bringing best practice principles to the bedside.  Written by experts from a variety of backgrounds, each chapter features an analysis of clinical cases based on the Root Cause Analysis (RCA) methodology, along with case-based discussions on various patient safety topics.  The systems and processes outlined in the book are general and broadly applicable to institutions of all sizes and structures.The core ethic of medical professionals is to “do no harm”.  Patient Safety is a comprehensive resource for physicians, nurses and students, as well as healthcare leaders and administrators for identifying, solving and preventing medical error. | Offers a case based approach to the safe delivery of healthcare   Covers a broad range of medical errors   Features a detailed glossary, key references, and useful tools, websites, tables, and graphics | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-62703-498-2 | Primary Care Medicine | Skolnik | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] | A Practical Guide for Primary Care | Current Clinical Practice |  | 2 | 2013 | 185 | Soft cover | Book | XIV, 185 p. 1 illus. | 0 | final | 39.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | SCH33096 | Infectious Diseases | MJCJ | Family Medicine & Geriatrics | Professional book | Humana Press | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-06-06 00:00:00 |  | Human papillomavirus and genital warts.- Genital herpes.- Chlamydia.- Gonorrhea.- Pelvic inflammatory disease.- Viral hepatitis.- HIV: identification, diagnosis and prevention.- Syphilis.- Trichomoniasis.- Lymphogranuloma venerum, chanchroid, granuloma inguinale, and molluscum contagiosum.- Ectoparasites: scabies and pediculosis pubis.- Public health and prevention.- Evaluation and treatment of STD exposure and sexual assault. | [NAME]: A Guide for Primary Care, second edition, covers the diagnosis and treatment of STDs and other information critical to patient care and reflects the last five years of significant changes in information about STDs. Updated to reflect the 2010 Center for Disease Control Guidelines on the Treatment of STDs, this book also contains new information about:-the epidemiology of herpes virus infections-expedited partner therapy-changes in recommendations for HPV vaccination for men-changes in resistance patterns for antimicrobial therapy for gonorrhea and chlamydia-treatment recommendations for bacterial vaginosis-treatment recommendations for genital wartsIn order to better meet clinician needs, the book has been streamlined to quickly convey critical, evidence-based information. Whether seeking information about particular conditions (including HPV, herpes, syphilis, trichomoniasis, HIV and AIDS, and others) or related patient issues (such as STD exposure evaluation and evaluation of sexual assault), [NAME], second edition, contains the knowledge doctors need in a friendly, to-the-point format. | Concise and comprehensive  Interdisciplinary point of view  Up to date information | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-908517-50-0 | Psychiatry | UKAAN | UKAAN | Handbook for Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder in Adults |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 216 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 216 p. 15 illus., 8 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | [NAME] | Psychopharmacology | MMGW | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Handbook | Springer Healthcare | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction to attention deficit hyperactivity disorder.- Definition of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in adults.- The scientific basis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in adults.- Diagnostic assessment of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in adults.- Neuropsychological assessment.- Comorbid symptoms, syndromes, and disorders.- Pharmacological treatments.- Psychological treatments.- Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder during pregnancy.- Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder and the criminal justice system.- Service provision for adults with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder. | This book is a direct response to a severe treatment gap in recognising, treating and managing attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in adults. Affecting 3–4% of the global population, ADHD has long been considered a pediatric psychiatric condition and continues to be overlooked in adults, who often go on to endure a lifetime of clinically significant impairments that affect work performance, social behavior, and personal relationships. However, in the wake of the recognition of ADHD in adults in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders IV (considered the absolute gold standard in psychiatry) and a greater number of pharmaceutical treatments being indicated for adults, this book will increase awareness of the condition and advocate expanding ADHD treatment across all age ranges. The book is especially relevant to psychiatrists, GPs, and specialist psychiatric nurses , while also a useful resource for patient societies and advocacy groups. | <p>A succinct, timely guide to recognizing, treating, and managing attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) in adults</p><p>The pocketbook size makes this book an ideal go-to resource for psychiatrists and GPs</p><p>Contains a comprehensive appendix containing all major psychiatric scales for diagnosing ADHD, including the structured Diagnostic Interview for Adult ADHD (DIVA) and Adult ADHD Self-Report Scale</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-0085-7 | Psychiatry | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Ethical Issues in Prison Psychiatry |  | International Library of Ethics, [NAME], and the New Medicine | 46 | 1 | 2014 | 427 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 427 p. 4 illus. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | SCE14000 | Ethics | HPQ | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction; Prison Psychiatry ([NAME] within the Prison System (Helmut Pollähne).- Ethical Issues in Correctional Psychiatry in the United States ([NAME] [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME] The Evolution of Punishment and Incarceration ([NAME] Forensic Research With The Mentally Disordered Offender ([NAME] and  [NAME] problems in different countries.- Ethical issues in Australian prison psychiatry ([NAME] mental health care in Belgium ([NAME] and [NAME] Issues in Prison Psychiatry: Forensic mental health care in Brazil ([NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Helena D.C.Bins).- Psychiatric treatment in the detention systems of Quebec, trying to merge carceral and therapeutic cultures ([NAME], [NAME], [NAME] issues in German Prison Psychiatry  ([NAME] ill prisoners: Indian perspective (Siva Nambi, [NAME] in Prison Psychiatry in Israel ([NAME], [NAME], Eliezer Witztum).- Current status of prison psychiatry and its relationship with general psychiatry in Japan ([NAME], [NAME] Prisons And Low Psychiatric Provision: The Situation Of Mentally Ill Prisoners In Kenya  ([NAME] and  [NAME]) .- Ethical Problems of Forensic and Prison Psychiatry in Latvia (Māris Taube).- Ethical Issues in Prison Psychiatry in the Netherlands ([NAME],  [NAME] isues in prison psychiatry in România ([NAME] issues of mental health care in the [NAME] prison system (Vita Poštuvan, Tanja Madjar).- Quality and ethical problems of mental health services in prisons in Spain ([NAME] isues in prison psychiatry in Sweden (Orsolya Hoffmann, Lennart Mossberg).- Prison psychiatry in Switzerland (Marc Graf).- Current ethical challenges in prison psychiatry in England & Wales (Adarsh [NAME], Birgit Völlm).- Application of the AMA Code of Medical Ethics to Psychiatric Practice in Correctional Facilities and Access to Psychiatric Care in the U.S.A. ([NAME] ([NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]) | Recent surveys demonstrate a high and possibly increasing prevalence of mental disorders in prisoners. They have an increased risk of suffering from a mental disorder that transcends countries and diagnoses. Ethical dilemmas in prison psychiatry arise from resource allocation and include issues of patient choice and autonomy in an inherently coercive environment. Ethical conflicts may arise from the dual role of forensic psychiatrists giving raise to tensions between patient care/protection of the public.This book describes models and ethical issues of psychiatric healthcare in prison in several countries. Relevant issues are: the professional medical role of a psychiatrist and/or psychotherapist working in prison, the involvement of psychiatrists in disciplinary or coercive measures; consent to treatment, the use of coercion in forcing a prisoner to undergo treatment, hunger strike, confidentiality. The book ends with consensus guidelines concerning good practice in Prison Psychiatry. | <p>Worldwide first book in this field </p><p>Overview of psychiatric healthcare in prison in different countries of the world discussing ethical issues arising in this area </p><p>Provision of guidelines concerning good practice in Prison Psychiatry</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-319-01143-1 | Psychiatry | Lévêque | [NAME] | Psychosurgery | New Techniques for Brain Disorders |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 400 p. 88 illus., 2 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | SCH36001 | Neurology | MJN | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | Planned | 2013-12-01 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Psychosurgery, or the surgical treatment of mental disorders, has enjoyed a spectacular revival over the past ten years as new brain stimulation techniques have become available. Neuromodulation offers new possibilities for the treatment of psychiatric disorders such as depression, obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD), addiction, eating disorders and autism. This work presents the history of this unique specialty and investigates current techniques and ethical challenges. With a wealth of illustrations and detailed anatomical diagrams, it provides essential information for medical practitioners, as well as anyone else interested in the fascinating advances being made in neuroscience today. | <p>A rapidly growing field but with very few dedicated books</p><p>Presents current lesioning techniques (thermocoagulation and radiosurgery), indications for the future but also history, pathophysiology and ethical issues</p><p>Helpful anatomical reminders and comprehensive information on the relevant pathologies and surgical techniques</p><p>Accessible to all medical practitioners, not only specialists</p><p>Clear illustrations and drawings​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-319-01088-5 | Psychiatry | Shapiro | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The Assessment and Treatment of Children Who Abuse Animals | The AniCare Child Approach |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 170 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 170 p. 11 illus. | 0 | final | 49.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH53003 | Psychiatry | MMH | SCY12040 | Child and School Psychology | JMC | Psychiatry & Psychotherapy | Professional book | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Context: Animal Abuse and Family Violence.- The Prevalence of Juvenile Animal Abuse.- Changing Attitudes Toward Animal Abuse. Theory: Attachment Theory.- Cognitive Behaviorism and [NAME] Narrative.- Psychodynamic Theory.- Assessment.- Diagnostic Categories Associated with Children Who Commit Animal Abuse.- Attention-Deficit and Disruptive Behavior Disorders.- Attachment Difficulties. Treatment.- [NAME] Reactions.- Joining the Client.- Framing the Therapy.- Animal-assisted Therapy.- Empathy.- Clinical Cases.- Empathy Development: Psychosocial Emotional Exercises.- Puppet Role-play.- Self-Management.- Working with Parents Behavior-Based Parent Training Tools.- Behavioral Techniques Used for.- Treating Aggressive Youth.- Relationships and Family Processes.- Building the Therapeutic Alliance.​ | Empirical research has clearly demonstrated that animal abuse in childhood is associated with family violence and violent behavior towards humans in general. Such abuse is accordingly of increasing interest within human services and the criminal justice system.This handbook will serve as an ideal resource for therapists in social work, psychology, psychiatry, and allied fields who work with children who have abused animals. It provides step-by-step guidance on how to assess, develop appropriate treatment plans for, and treat children who commit animal abuse, based on the AniCare model developed by the Animals and Society Institute. Exercises cover the identification and expression of feelings, the development of empathy, self-management skills, and working with parents. Careful consideration is also paid to the effects of witnessing animal abuse. The theoretical framework is eclectic, encompassing cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, and attachment theories. A number of illustrative case studies are included, along with excerpts from treatment sessions. Accompanying electronic supplementary material demonstrates role-played assessment and treatment and includes workshop presentations of pedagogic material. | <p>Step-by-step guidance on how to assess and treat children who commit animal abuse</p><p>Takes into consideration cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, and attachment theories</p><p>Accompanying electronic supplementary material demonstrating role-played assessment and treatment   </p><p>Ideal guide for therapists in social work, psychology, psychiatry, and allied fields​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-6721-8 | Public Health | Kulczycki | [NAME] | Critical Issues in Reproductive Health |  | The Springer Series on [NAME] and Population Analysis | 33 | 1 | 2014 | 372 | Hard cover | Book | X, 372 p. 19 illus., 11 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 129 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCX25000 | [NAME] | JHBD | Public Health | Contributed volume | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Ch. 1)  Introduction and Overview: Andrzej Kulczycki.- Part One.  Expanding the Research Base: Ch. 2). The Vocabulary of Reproductive Health: [NAME]. 3). Prevalence, Attitudes, Risk factors, and Selected Health-related Outcomes Associated with Spousal Physical Violence during Pregnancy in Egypt: [NAME]. 4). [NAME] Concerns about Reproductive Health Services and Fertility Regulation in a Rural Sahelian Setting of Northern Ghana: The “Zurugelu Approach.”: [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. 5). Social Class and Sexual Stigma: Local Interpretations of Emergency Contraception in Egypt: [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. 6). Using New Data and Improved Study Designs to Examine Infertility-service Seeking and Adverse Maternal and Perinatal Outcomes in the South-Central United States: [NAME] and [NAME] Two.  [NAME]: Ch. 7). The Evolution of Consensus on Population and Development:  Prospects for Resurgent Policy and Program Action: [NAME]. 8). How Problematic will Liberal Abortion Policies be for Pronatalist Countries?: [NAME] Hodgson.- Ch. 9). Climate Change: What do Population and Reproductive Health have to Do with It? : [NAME] Hardee.- Ch. 10). Reproductive Health Aid: A Delicate Balancing Act: [NAME] and Maja Micevska.- Ch. 11). Looking Back and Looking Ahead to Where Are We Going:  A Round-table Symposium on the Past, Present, and Future of Reproductive Health: a). Look Over Your Shoulder and Prepare for More: It’s About Sex After All: [NAME] Pellegrom.- b). The Exceptionality of Family Planning and Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights: Marleen [NAME] and [NAME] Datta.- c). Championing MDG5: Invest in Women, It Pays: [NAME]). A Driver Without Wheels: The Continued Relative Neglect of the Reproductive Health Agenda: [NAME] Bernstein.- e). Adapting to Change to Achieve Universal Access to Reproductive Health: [NAME] Lule.- Part Three. Strengthening Service and Program Capacity: Ch. 12). Fostering Change in Medical Care Settings: A Holistic Programming Approach to “Revitalizing” IUD Use in Kenya: [NAME] Jacobstein.- Ch. 13). Radical Common Sense: Community Provision of Injectable Contraception in Africa: [NAME] and [NAME] Miller.- Ch. 14). Global Introduction of a Low-cost Contraceptive Implant: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. 15). An Integrated Approach to Targeted, Evidence-based Livelihood and Sexual and Reproductive Health Programs for Vulnerable Young People in Fragile States: The Case of Liberia: Adam Weiner and [NAME] Kulczycki.- About the Contributors.- Index. | In this book, leading academics and practitioners in the field of reproductive health address topics such as contraception, abortion, sexually transmitted infections, maternal and prenatal health, sexuality and reproductive rights by examining a number of critical issues in these areas. The authors describe new research, identify gaps and priorities in policy and practice, and illustrate innovative solutions. The book further addresses such current imperatives as understanding the social meanings of emergency contraception, measuring gender-based violence, improving reproductive health governance, strengthening health systems and services, and redressing institutional barriers.   The book also assesses how reproductive health programs can be reconfigured to new challenges such as those posed by climate change, vulnerable youth in fragile states, and risks from new infertility treatments.   Using a rich and varied set of cases, a broad public health and social science perspective, and novel methodological approaches, this book questions common assumptions, illustrates effective solutions and sets out research, policy, and programmatic agendas for the present and future.  This is a comprehensive volume which provides a valuable resource to researchers, educators, practitioners, policymakers and students, as well as anyone studying or advocating for reproductive health. | <p>Examines and reflects on a wide range of contemporary and emerging concerns</p><p>Applies novel and varied methodological approaches to study multiple aspects of reproductive health status and care</p><p>Offers broad regional coverage and in-depth analysis</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11648 | Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
 | 978-3-319-00232-3 | Public Health | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | The South Texas Health Status Review | A Health Disparities Roadmap |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 138 | Soft cover | Book | XVII, 138 p. 127 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH27002 | Public Health | MBN | SCH63000 | Epidemiology | MBNS | Public Health | Monograph | Springer International Publishing | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Chapter1 Introduction.-Chapter 2 South Texas Population Characteristics.-Chapter3 Access to Health Care in South Texas.-Chapter 4 Communicable Diseases.-Chapter 5 Cancer Incidence and Mortality.-Chapter 6 Maternal and Child Health.-Chapter 7Chronic Diseases.-Chapter 8 Behavioral Risk Factors in Adults.-Chapter 9 Environmental Health Issues.-Chapter 10 Injury.- Chapter 11 Conclusions and Recommendations.- | This book is a roadmap of the exact health disparities that burden the health of South Texas residents, especially Hispanics, compared to the rest of Texas and nation. This type of knowledge has the potential to fuel and motivate researchers and public health leaders to create and shape interventions to reverse those health disparities. Most notably, focus on obesity and diabetes prevention efforts and modifiable risk factors—such as nutrition, reproductive factors and access to health care—has significant potential to reduce the burden of disease in South Texas communities.South Texas, a 38-county region that spans 45,000 square miles along the Texas-Mexico border northward to the area around metropolitan Bexar County (home to San Antonio), is home to 18% of the state’s population. Yet South Texas residents, who are 68% Hispanic, struggle with lower educational levels, less income and less access to health care—and, as a result, suffer from a wide variety of health disparities. To study the health status and identify the exact health disparities that exist in the region, researchers from The UT Health Science Center at San Antonio teamed with researchers from the Texas Department of State Health Services to develop the South Texas Health Status Review.The Review team analyzed a variety of the latest county, state and national data to compare South Texas’ incidence, prevalence and mortality rates for more than 35 health indicators—from cancers to chronic diseases like diabetes to communicable diseases like HIV/AIDS to maternal health and even environmental health—to the rest of Texas and the nation by age, sex, race/ethnicity and rural/urban location.​ | <p>​​Sponsored by the Institute for Health Promotion Research, University of Texas Health Science Center at San Antonio \</p><p>Provides an up-to-date status of health in the South Texas region, compared to the rest of Texas and the nation</p><p>Identifies areas of focus for prevention efforts to reduce the burden of disease in South Texas communities</p> | Science | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-60761-619-1 | Radiotherapy | Ravenel | [NAME] | [NAME] |  | Contemporary Medical Imaging |  | 1 | 2013 | 214 | Hard cover | Book | XVI, 214 p. 105 illus., 31 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 229 | Medicine & Public Health | [NAME] | Radiotherapy | MJCL1 | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Radiology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology/WHO Classification.- Screening for Lung Cancer.- Evaluation of the Indeterminate Pulmonary Nodule.- Diagnosis of Lung Cancer.- Non-invasive Staging of Non-Small Cell Lung Cancer.- Novel Imaging Agents.- Invasive Staging of Non-small cell lung cancer.- Imaging of Small Cell Lung Cancer.- Interdisciplinary Management of Lung Cancer.- Pre-operative Evaluation for Resection.- Surgical Therapy for Lung Cancer.- Post-surgical Evaluation.- Radiofrequency Ablation.- Chemotherapy for Lung Cancer.- Radiation Therapy for Lung Cancer.- Imaging following Radiation Therapy.- Evaluation of Therapeutic Response.- Imaging of Drug Toxicity. | While specialists often guide the care to lung cancer patients, it is often a general radiologist who is left to interpret studies that impact patient care and management. [NAME] provides a comprehensive guide to the diagnosis, staging and overview of the management of lung cancer relevant to practicing radiologists so that they can better understand the decision making issues and provide more directed and useful communication to the treating physicians. It Primary Care physicians will also find this book valuable to understand the relevant issues that they face when one of their patients is being treated for lung cancer. | <p>Includes relevant epidemiologic information on lung cancer </p><p>Evidence for and against lung cancer screening followed by the pre-therapeutic evaluation </p><p>Concise overview of therapeutic options </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1120-4 | Reproductive Medicine | Allahbadia | [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 175 p. 40 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2013-08-30 00:00:00 |  |  | .-Regulation of follicle development in natural and PCO cycles                                                                           .-Monitoring ovarian stimulation: current perspectives             .-The role of  [NAME] and hCG in the contemporary ovarian stimulation protocols                                                         .-Recombinants versus biosimilars in ovarian stimulation                                                                .-Agonists versus antagonists in COH                                       .-Long acting gonadotropins and route of administration              .-Advantage and disadvantage of COH, comparing with minimal stimulation -                    .-Ovarian stimulation for PCO patients and management of OHSS                                                               .-Ovarian stimulation for poor responders                                 .-Depot [NAME] agonists in COH for ART                                    .-Luteal phase support in COH.                                              ​ | [NAME] is a concise handbook that aims to deliver everything the reader needs to know for performing  a risk-free ovarian stimulation for assisted reproductive technique (ART) and get a favorable outcome. Review of crucial issues such as the significance of monitoring ovarian stimulation, advantages and disadvantages of ovarian hyperstimulation versus minimal stimulation, and the use of various drug regimens and stimulation protocols for various patient sub-sets, will help clinicians in selecting the better or more appropriate protocols.    The contributors of this book have leading scientific and clinical backgrounds, with years of experience to support their views. The book serves as a handy practical guide, targeting and settling clinical dilemma that ART practitioners commonly experience in their clinics, while providing a window to the newer developments. ​ | <p>Covers all protocols clinicians need to perform a risk-free ovarian stimulation for ART </p><p>Includes issues related  to various sub-sets of patients with infertility</p><p> Highlights contemporary advances in ovarian stimulation protocols  ​  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-81-322-1526-4 | Reproductive Medicine | Allahbadia | [NAME]; [NAME]; Goral [NAME] | Vitrification in Assisted Reproduction | A User’s Manual |  |  | 1 | 2013 |  | Hard cover | Book | Approx. 175 p. 40 illus., 20 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 149 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer India | Planned | 2013-09-16 00:00:00 |  |  | Vitrification – an overview.-Vitrification solutions – historical development.-Vitrification of oocytes – general considerations.-Vitrification of the sperm cell.- Ovarian tissue vitrification for fertility preservation.-Vitrification of the pronuclear embryos.-Vitrification of day 2-3 human embryos using various methods.- Human blastocyst vitrification using the cryotec [NAME] vapor shipment of vitrified cells – challenges, caution and emerging possibilities.- [NAME] banking - current perspectives.- Vitrification of human embryonic stem cells. | ​ Advances in technology now offer promising solutions to deal with the chronological aging of the cell, tissue or organ to synchronize its existence and its use. This book covers the developments in and benefits of the latest vitrification technology and its extensive applications in reproductive medicine. Protocols of gametes (oocyte and sperm), embryos, blastocysts and ovarian tissue cryopreservation have been reviewed by leaders in the field. In order to address the escalation in cross-border reproductive tourism entailing the transfer of reproductive cells and tissues rather than the patient, the challenges, caution and emerging possibilities of nitrogen vapor shipment of vitrified cells have been discussed. Current perspectives on oocyte banking present the reader with options and solutions to effectively utilize these gametes despite the physiological deterrents.The versatile applications and potential of vitrification of human embryonic stem cells, discussed in the concluding chapter, is an exciting reality offered by vitrification to help overcome numerous stumbling blocks in the management of various disorders. | ​Highlights the benefits of vitrification technology for cryopreservation and its extensive applications in assisted reproduction <br>Provides detailed protocols on oocyte and sperm, embryos, blastocysts and ovarian tissue cryopreservation <br>Includes current perspectives on oocyte banking | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7168-4 | Reproductive Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | Third-Party Reproduction | A Comprehensive Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 234 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 234 p. 9 illus. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Medical Implications of [NAME] Donation.- [NAME]: Legal Aspects.- [NAME]: Psychological Aspects.- [NAME]: Ethical Aspects.- Gestational Carrier: Medical Aspects.- Surrogacy and Gestational Carrier Arrangements: Legal Aspects.- Use of Gestational Carriers: Psychological Aspects.- The Ethics of Hiring a Gestational Carrier.- Embryo Donation: Medical Aspects.- Embryo Donation: Legal Aspects.- Embryo Donation: Psychological Aspects.- Embryo Donation: Ethical Issues.- Donor Insemination.- Sperm Donation: Legal Aspects.- Sperm Donation: Psychological Aspects.- Sperm Donation: Ethical Aspects.- Medical Aspects of Posthumous Reproduction.- Ethical Implications of Posthumous Reproduction.- Hagar’s Child:  Theology, Ethics, and the Third Party in Emerging Reproductive Technology.- Choosing Egg Donors and Gestational Carriers: Avoiding the Pitfalls. | The first IVF conceived birth in 1978 resulted in a significant growth of third party reproductive options which continue to raise ethical, legal, and psychological questions. Third party reproduction procedures can involve as many as five people: sperm donor, egg donor, gestational carrier, and intended parents. Third-Party Reproduction: A Comprehensive Guide utilizes experts in the field to address the medical, psychological, ethical and legal aspects of sperm donation, egg donation, embryo donation, and the use of gestational carriers. In addition, there are chapters on the medical and ethical aspects of posthumous reproduction, religious aspects of third party reproduction, and how to avoid pitfalls of third party reproduction. Aimed at physicians, trainees, psychologists, nurses, and social workers whose practices may include patients considering third party reproduction, the intent of this book is to provide a comprehensive and practical overview of the many aspects of third party reproduction to help all those involved to better understand them. Patients considering third party reproduction may also find value in this book. | <p>The only comprehensive referral source for professionals involved with third party reproduction </p><p>Clarifies many inaccurate perceptions of all aspects of third party reproduction </p><p>Authors cite interesting cases in each chapter ​Includes perspectives on international law</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7851-5 | Reproductive Medicine | Parekattil | [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | [NAME] for the Clinician | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 389 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 389 p. 65 illus., 37 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Clinical Diagnosis of Male Infertility.- Causes of Male Infertility.- Laboratory Evaluation for Male Infertility.- Imaging Modalities in the Management of Male Infertility.- Genetic Aspects of Male Infertility.- Ejaculatory Dysfunction and Vasodynamics.- Impact of Spinal Cord Injury.- Part II: Clinical Management of Male Infertility.- Endocrinopathies.- Surgical Treatment for Male Infertility.- Microsurgery for Male Infertility: The AIIMS Experience.- Advanced Techniques in Vasoepididymostomy.- Grafting Techniques for Vasectomy Reversal.- Mini-Incision Vasectomy Reversal Using the No-Scalpel Vasectomy Instruments and Principles.- Robotic Microsurgery for Male Infertility and Chronic Orchialgia.- Robot-Assisted Vasectomy Reversal.- Robotic-Assisted Varicocelectomy.- Ethical Dimensions of Urology: Four Case Studies.- Management of Fertility in Male Cancer Patients.- Novel Approaches in the Management of Klinefelter Syndrome.- Micro-Testicular Sperm Extraction.- Best Practice Guidelines for the Use of Antioxidants.- Harmful Effects of [NAME]. | This concise, truncated version of Parekattil and Agarwal's Male Infertility: Contemporary Clinical Approaches, Andrology, ART & Antioxidants is the first resource dedicated solely to clinical issues of infertility. With select chapters that will prove invaluable to the reproductive medicine clinician, [NAME] for the Clinician addresses issues like: - Diagnosis and management of male infertility conditions such as varicocele, ejaculatory duct obstruction and congenital epididymal obstruction- New approaches to Klinefelter's syndrome- A concise structured approach to the genetics of male infertility- Management of cancer patients (oncofertility) and ethical considerations in special male infertility circumstances- New advances in biomaterials for reconstruction and new robotic-assisted microsurgical techniques Practical for clinicians and researchers alike, [NAME] for the Clinician contains all of the need-to-know information about these cutting-edge topics in reproductive medicine.​ | <p>The first quick reference on the subject of infertility and antioxidants </p><p>Concise and portable </p><p>Up-to-date information​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4614-7547-7 | Reproductive Medicine | Sharara | [NAME] | Ethnic Differences in Fertility and Assisted Reproduction |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 450 | Hard cover | Book | X, 450 p. 20 illus., 10 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH26006 | Gynecology | MJT | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Introduction: the scope of the topic.- Racial and ethnic groups of interest in fertility research.- The impact of socio-cultural and economic factors in seeking fertility services.- Fertility differences among ethnic groups.- Disparities between Black and White women in Assisted Reproductve Technology (ART).- Assisted reproductive outcomes in Hispanics.- Reproductive and ART outcomes in East Asian women.- Differences in fertility and assisted reproduction in South Asian women.- Ethnicity and IVF.- Ethnic disparity in oocyte donation outcome.- Frozen embryo transfer (FET) outcomes among racial and ethnic groups.- Understanding racial disparity in adverse pregnancy outcome.- Racial diversity and uterine leiomyoma.- The effect of obesity on fertility and ART success among ethnic groups.- Polycystic ovary syndrome (PCOS) across racial and ethnic groups.- Ethnicity and ovarian response: the role of FSH receptor genotype.- Ethnic differences in fertility and assisted reproduction: ethnic disparity in stem cell availability and research.- How can we bridge the gap? Role of insurance mandate.- Editorial: Towards a better understanding of racial disparities in utilization and outcomes of IVF treatment in the United States. | Over the past 10 years, studies have shown that the rates of fertility vary in different ethnic groups. Ethnic differences also play a significant role in the outcome of assisted reproductive technology (ART) cycles. In the United States, minority groups--African Americans, Hispanics (mainly Mexicans and Central Americans), East Asians (Chinese, Japanese, Koreans, Philippinos) and South Asians (Indians, Pakistanis, and Bengalis)--have significantly lower chances of live births compared to Caucasian women. Birth outcome data collected by the Society for Assisted Reproductive Technology shows a worsening trend in conception rates between the years 1999-2000 and 2004-2006, raising more concern that the disparity in fertility rates between minority groups and white women is widening over time. This comprehensive book serves to answer the questions that arise when managing infertility in a multi-ethnic population. An expert assembly of key leaders in the field of reproductive medicine imparts insight and clinical experience in order to identify and analyze the possible causes of racial disparities in fertility outcome. Some of the reviewed causes include higher [NAME] Index (BMI), tubal diseases, metabolic syndrome, and fibroids in African Americans; tubal disease and higher early pregnancy loss in Hispanics; higher incidence of diminished ovarian reserve and lower BMI in East Asians; and higher incidence of polycystic ovarian disease (PCOS) in South Asians. The book also provides a review of data on access to care and ART services in developing countries. A thoughtful combination of evidence-based medicine and advanced treatment options, this book is sure to distinguish itself as the definitive reference on ethnic differences in assisted reproduction. ​ | <p>Reviews the current state of ethnic differences in ART and sheds light on the contributing factors for the discrepancy   </p><p>Addresses medical, socio-economic, behavioral, and cultural differences that physicians should keep in mind when treating infertility in the women of minority groups   </p><p>Intended for the assisted reproductive communities throughout the world, including reproductive endocrinologists, gynecologists, epidemiologists, social workers, women’s care providers, and stem cell researchers    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8234-5 | Reproductive Medicine | Woodruff | Teresa K Woodruff; [NAME]; [NAME] | Oncofertility Communication | Sharing Information and Building Relationships across Disciplines |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 228 | Hard cover | Book | XVIII, 228 p. 25 illus., 22 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCB11001 | Cancer Research | MJCL | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Communicating with Patients and Their Families.- How Do Cancer Patients Learn about Fertility Preservation? Five Trajectories of Experience.- Communicating across Diverse and Differently Literate Audiences.- Patient and [NAME] to Aid in Education and Decision-Making about Oncofertility.- Cancer-Related Infertility and Young Women: Strategies for Discussing Fertility Preservation.- Fertility Communication and High-Risk Patients.- Incorporating Partners and Spouses into Oncofertility Communication.- Genetic Counselors: Bridging the Oncofertility Information Gap.- Communicating Oncofertility to Children: A Developmental Perspective for Teaching Health Messages.- Disparities in Adolescent Provider-Patient Communication Regarding Fertility Preservation Care.- Fertility Communication to Cancer Patients: A Hematologist-Oncologist's Perspective.- Part II: Communicating with Health Care Professionals, Stakeholders and the Public.- An Interprofessional Approach to Shared Decision-Making: What It Means and Where Next.- Oncofertility Communication Tools for Professionals and the Public.- Educating Providers on Evidence-Based Medical Guidelines.- Incorporating Insurance Education into the Fertility Preservation Process.- Research Recruitment and Dissemination in Young Adults with Cancer.- Communicating Emerging Reproductive Science to the Judiciary and Legislatures.- The Role of Popular Media in Oncofertilty Communication. | ​​Oncofertility integrates the two previously distinct fields of cancer treatment and fertility research and aims to explore and expand the reproductive future of cancer survivors. In order to achieve the goal of fertility preservation, the Oncofertility community must focus on communication and the way data is provided and received.  [NAME] with the rapidly changing technology of Oncofertility, there have been radical shifts and advances in the way health educators and clinicians can produce and share information. As success rates of reproductive techniques such as egg freezing and banking continue to rise, providing increasing opportunities for young cancer patients to preserve their fertility prior to the onset of cancer treatments, communication among professionals in oncology, reproductive medicine, and psychosocial work, among others, becomes crucial, and clinical demand for Oncofertility information is expected to rise considerably. Oncofertility Communication describes and addresses the myriad channels through which the multiple audiences involved in Oncofertility can be served with appropriate and accurate information about cancer-related fertility issues. The text answers frequently asked questions and provides invaluable insights to scientific and health care professionals about communication among the diverse Oncofertility audiences. It incorporates timely discussions about traditional and emerging electronic communication tools and discusses the impact of health care policy changes on the Oncofertility field.​ | <p>​​​Discusses the importance of developing interdisciplinary relationships in Oncofertility and provides guidance on how diverse members of the community can develop such contacts </p><p>Addresses a wide variety of health care and scientific professionals who are asked to communicate oncofertility needs and options in their daily lives </p><p>Organized by audiences, including providers, patients, parents and other members of the public​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7842-3 | Reproductive Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME]; Ashok Agarwal | Sperm Chromatin for the Clinician | A Practical Guide |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 240 | Soft cover | Book | X, 240 p. 13 illus., 12 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH56002 | Reproductive Medicine | MFKC | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | OBGYN & Reproductive Medicine | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Biological Determinants of Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Sperm Chromatin: An Overview.- Spermatogenesis: An Overview.- Role of Oxidative Stress in the Etiology of Sperm DNA Damage.- Abortive Apoptosis and Sperm Chromatic Damage.- Spermiogenesis in Sperm Genetic Integrity.- Part II: Clinical Aspects of Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Male Subfertility and Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Aging and Sperm DNA.- Cancer in Males: Implications for Sperm Quality, Fertility, and Progeny Outcome.- Sperm Chromatin and Environmental Factors.- Effects of Male Accessory Gland Infection on Sperm Parameters.- Antioxidants and Sperm DNA Damage.- Part III: Sperm Chromatin and Assisted Reproductive Technologies (ART).- The Impact of Sperm Processing and Cryopreservation on Sperm DNA Integrity.- Sperm Chromatin and ART (IUI, IVF and ICSI).- Sperm DNA Damage and Pregnancy Loss after IVF and ICSI.- Postnatal Effects of Sperm Chromatin Damage.- Evaluation of Chromatin and DNA Integrity in Testicular Sperm.- Clinical Utility of Sperm DNA Integrity Tests. | This concise, truncated version of [NAME] and Agarwal's Sperm Chromatin: Biological and Clinical Applications in Male Infertility and Assisted Reproduction offers select, clinical chapters for a handy, more affordable, state-of-the-art resource. Sperm Chromatin for the Clinician addresses such vital issues as: -Male subfertility and sperm chromatin damage -Aging and sperm DNA damage -Cancer and implications for sperm quality -Environmental factors -Cryopreservation and sperm DNA integrity -Postnatal effects of sperm chromatin damage Practical for clinicians and researchers alike, [NAME] for the Clinician contains all of the need-to-know information about this cutting-edge topic in reproductive medicine.​ | <p>Concise guide with clinical applications </p><p>Portable and low-cost </p><p>Contains all the up-to-date information about the topic​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 1
 | 978-1-4471-5160-9 | Rheumatology | Hughes | [NAME]; [NAME] [NAME] | Hughes Syndrome: Highways and Byways |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 94 | Soft cover | Book | X, 94 p. 18 illus., 15 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 59.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH57009 | Rheumatology | MJM |  |  |  | Rheumatology | Monograph | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  | Worldwide | The [NAME] System.- Neuro-psychiatric.- Heart and Blood vessels.- Arteries and veins.- Kidney.- Liver and gastro-intestinal tract.- Ear, nose, throat.- Lungs.- Musculo-skeletal system.- Skin.- Pregnancy.- Blood.- Tests for Hughes Syndrome.- Associated conditions.- Aetiology.- Diagnosis and classification.- Treatment.- The Future. | Hughes Syndrome: Highways and Byways is a handy and easy-to-read guide to the main features of Hughes syndrome. There has been worldwide interest in this 'new' syndrome (first described in 1983). A clotting tendency which can potentially affect any organ in the body, it is:*         responsible for 1 in 5 recurrent miscarriages (now successfully treated with aspirin and heparin)*         responsible for 1 in 5 young (under 45) strokes*         a major cause of early heart attacks*         responsible for 1 in 5 deep vein thromboses*         an important cause of migraine. Hughes Syndrome: Highways and Byways is a valuable resource for professionals with an interest in the subject, as well as general practitioners and patients. | <p>Key references to allow more detailed reading </p><p>Clearly demarcated and cross-referenced </p><p>Discusses symptoms, diagnosis and treatment</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7848-5 | Rheumatology | Matucci-Cerinic | [NAME]; Daniel Furst; [NAME] | Skin Manifestations in Rheumatic Disease |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 390 | Soft cover | Book | X, 390 p. 251 illus., 236 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH57009 | Rheumatology | MJM | SCH33002 | Internal Medicine | MJ | Rheumatology | Professional book | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Part I: Presentation of Skin Manifestation.- Approach to Patients with Skin Manifestations.- Chilblain Lupus Erythematosus.- Erythema Nodosum.- Livedo Reticularis.- Malar Erythema.- Purpura.- Telangiectasias.- Ulceration in Rheumatic Disease.- Panniculitis.- Diagnosing Puffy Fingers in the Rheumatic Patient.- Part II: Methodology.- Capillaroscopy.- Use of Biopsy.- Part III: Inflammatory Joint Disease.- Skin Manifestations of Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis.- Psoriasis and Psoriatic Arthritis.- Inflammatory Bowel Associated Spondyloarthropathy.- Nodules in Rheumatoid Arthritis.- Genital Involvement as a Result of Reactive Arthritis.- [NAME] as a Result of Reactive Arthritis.- Parvovirus B19 Infection.- Rheumatic Fever.- Part IV: Connective Tissue Diseases.- Skin Manifestations of Localized Scleroderma ([NAME] of the Face.- Skin Manifestations of [NAME]'s Phenomenon.- [NAME] of Systemic Sclerosis.- Skin Manifestations of Neonatal Lupus Erythematosus.- Skin Manifestations and [NAME]'s Syndrome.- Skin Manifestations of Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.- Skin Manifestations in Dermatomyositis.- Stiff Skin Syndrome.- Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis.- Graft-versus-Host Disease ([NAME]): Cutaneous Manifestations.- Scleromyxedema.- Eosinophilic Fasciitis.- Part V: Vasculitides.- Kawasaki Disease.- Dermatologic Manifestations of Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Wegener's Granulomatosis).- Eosinophilic Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (Churg-Strauss Syndrome).- Polyarteritis Nodosa.- Skin Manifestations in Microscopic Polyangiitis.- [NAME] Purpura.- Skin Manifestations and Cryoglobulinemia.- Skin Manifestations in Giant Cell Arteritis.- Skin Manifestations of [NAME]'s Disease.- Familial Mediterranean Fever.- Cryopyrin-Associated Periodic Syndromes.- Part VI: Other Rheumatic Conditions.- Sarcoidosis.- Amyloidoses.- [NAME]. | Rheumatologic diseases are highly associated with clinical symptoms of the skin, nails, and mucosal membranes. This book provides the practicing rheumatologist with a rapid, easy to consult reference to help interpret the nature of these cutaneous lesions and then quickly decide upon the appropriate follow-up tests. Utilizing an abundance of informative photographs, it contains all of the essential information needed for early diagnosis and treatment. This comprehensive guide properly orients the practitioner within the challenging world of rheumatologic disorders of the skin and gives insight into when consultation with a dermatologist is advisable. | <p>Rapid and easy to consult </p><p>Filled with diagnostic photographs </p><p>Orients to practitioner within the complex world of skin lesions </p><p>Provides a guide to early diagnosis and treatment </p><p>Helps the rheumatologist appropriately liaise with the dermatologist</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5411-0 | Sports Medicine | [NAME] | [NAME] | Pediatric and Adolescent Sports Traumatology |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 338 | Hard cover | Book | X, 338 p. 154 illus., 79 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | SCH51000 | Primary Care Medicine | MBPC | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Monograph | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | 1 Basic science and injury in growing athletes: Cartilage, Menisci and Bone.- 2 Muscle, [NAME] and Ligament.- 3 Evaluation of the pediatric and adolescent athlete.- 4 Overuse injuries.- 5 Physeal and epiphyseal cartilage injury.- 6 The Spine: Sports-related pathology.- 7 The Shoulder: skeletal injuries and ligamentous instability.- 8 The Elbow: Ligamentous and skeletal injuries.- 9 Wrist and Hand: Ligamentous and skeletal injuries.- 10 The Hip: Femoro-acetabular Impingement.- 11 The Knee: Ligamentous tears.- 12 Meniscal Lesions.- 13 Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Knee.- 14 Patello-femoral disorders.- 15 Osteochondritis Dissecans of the Talus.- 16 Acute ligamentous tears of the Ankle.- 17 Chronic instability of the Ankle.- 18 Foot Abnormalities and Pathologies.- 19 Non-sports-related pathologies in young athletes.- 20 Imaging and techniques. | This book focuses on the evaluation and treatment of a wide range of sports injuries in relation to the Tanner stage of sexual development in young athletes. A series of detailed chapters address the injuries likely to be encountered in different parts of the body, including the spine, shoulder, elbow, wrist and hand, hip, knee, ankle, and feet. Among the topics that receive particular attention are epiphyseal-physeal injuries, capsular ligament tears and the impact of their treatment on joint and bone development, and stress syndromes of the musculoskeletal system. Helpful algorithms covering the diagnosis and treatment of ligament tears are included, and advice is provided on when to return an athlete to training. One chapter is devoted to non-sports-related pathologies that have to be considered in the differential diagnosis of sports injuries in adolescents. The contributors to this volume are all recognized leaders in their subspecialty who explain their own treatment preferences. | <p>Detailed guide to the evaluation and treatment of sports injuries in relation to the Tanner stage of sexual development in young athletes</p><p>Includes helpful algorithms on the diagnosis and treatment of ligament tears</p><p>Written by recognized leaders in the field who explain their own treatment preferences</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-39099-9 | Surgery | Dua | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Clinical Review of Vascular Trauma |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 389 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 389 p. 136 illus., 98 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH59133 | Vascular Surgery | MNJ | General [NAME] | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Vascular Surgery Essentials: Vascular Pathophysiology.- Ultrasound.- Scoring Systems.- General Principles Of Anticoagulation .- Workup And Management Of The Vascular Trauma Patient-Hematological Perspectives.- Cerebrovascular And Upper Extremity: Carotid And Vertebral Injuries.- Axillary/Brachial Injury.- Radial/Ulnar Injury And Hand.- Chest: Management Of Vascular Trauma In The Chest.- Subclavian And [NAME] Duct.- [NAME] [NAME] And  Great Vessels.- Abdominal Aorta.- IVC And Other Major Veins.- Mesenteric.- Pelvis- Section: Iliac Artery.- Iliac Vein.- KUB And Retroperitoneum.- Lower Extremity: Femoral/Popliteal.- Below Knee Pop/Distal Vessels & Foot.- Special Situations: Military Vascular Trauma.- Pediatric Vascular Trauma.- Ortho Trauma.- Utilization Of Shunting.- Endovascular Considerations In The Trauma Patient.- OB/GYN.- Surgical Critical Care.​ | This practical surgical reference for the diagnosis and management of traumatic vascular injuries is unique in that it brings together all prominent management strategies from the various surgical subspecialties, creating a unified voice on the care of the vascular trauma patient. Management of common vascular injuries is examined from a general, trauma, vascular, orthopaedic, plastics, cardiothoracic, and neurosurgical perspective by respected experts from each of these fields. Each section has been edited by specialists in the other relevant disciplines to ensure that every chapter represents an evidence-based assessment of all of the surgical subspecialties. The clear and concise text is supplemented by dozens of surgical photographs, illustrations, tables, and charts that assist in conveying complex concepts in vascular trauma management. The Clinical Review of Vascular Trauma will be essential reading for any healthcare professional involved in care of the trauma patient. | <p>Multidisciplinary practical guide to the diagnosis and management of vascular injuries</p><p>Easy to read and use, with evidence-based management strategies</p><p>Numerous diagrams and photographs​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-540-74505-1 | Surgery | Mantke | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | International Practices in Pancreatic Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 206 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 206 p. 105 illus., 89 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 159 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH33061 | Gastroenterology | MJH | General [NAME] | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-03-31 00:00:00 | 2013-02-20 00:00:00 |  | Surgery of the Pancreatic Carcinoma.- Carcinoma of the Pancreatic Head.- Carcinoma of the Pancreatic Body and Tail.- Surgery of Chronic Pancreatitis.- Surgery of Complications of the Pancreatic Head.- Surgery of Symptomatic Pancreatic Pseudocyst.- Surgery of Acute Pancreatitis.- Relevant Basic Information, Indication and Contraindication.- Surgical Technique.- Index. | “International Practices in Pancreatic Surgery“  describes in great detail  general and specific technical aspects of the standard resection procedures of the pancreas. Each surgical step during the pancreatic operation is precisely outlined  and accompanied by drawings and photographs.  The main chapters on pancreatic carcinoma, chronic and acute pancreatitis are written by the editors. An international faculty complements the texts by describing their own personal techniques. This concept offers the greatest possible overview of the techniques used by experienced surgeons. | <p>New and innovative approach</p><p>Focussing on practical aspects in the standard resection procedures</p><p>International experts discuss their results</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7662-7 | Surgery | Neff | [NAME] | Passing the General Surgery Oral Board Exam |  |  |  | 2 | 2013 | 495 | Soft cover | Book | XV, 495 p. | 0 | final | 89.99 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | General [NAME] | Handbook | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Organizational Theme.- Breast.- Colon and Small Bowel.- Abdominal Endocrine.- Head and Neck Endocrine.- Esophagus.- Genitourinary.- Hepatobiliary.- Pancreas.- Pediatric.- Perioperative Care.- Skin and Soft Tissue.- Stomach and Duodenum.- Thoracic.- Trauma and Critical Care.- Vascular.- Conclusions: Last Curveballs Considerations. | Edited by Dr. [NAME], Passing the General Surgery Oral Board Exam, Second Edition helps candidates prepare for the General Surgery Oral Board Exam in a different way than other review books. In addition to covering concepts frequently addressed on the test, the review also alerts you to 'common curveballs' and 'strikeouts'– the unexpected problems or seemingly benign actions (or inactions) that could result in a missed diagnosis or misdiagnosis, and thus result in failure to pass the exam. Fully updated and expanded to reflect the many changes in standards of care, this unique study guide is the first to expose the potential traps and pitfalls of the exam by providing examples of how the questions may be asked and what not to say in response.  Designed to be used in conjunction with medical textbooks and other study guides, Passing the General Surgery Oral Board Exam, Second Edition prepares candidates to think on their feet and answer exam questions confidently and accurately. It is an essential guide for surgical residents, fellows across the surgical subspecialties, and practicing surgeons who are board eligible. | <p>Revised and updated new edition</p><p>Provides tips on identifying the wrong answers</p><p>Presents a realistic approach to preparing for the exam</p> | Students | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-94-007-6954-0 | Surgery | [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] of Single-Incision Laparoscopic Operations in General Surgery |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 380 | Hard cover | Book | XX, 380 p. 301 illus. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | General [NAME] | Professional book | Springer Netherlands | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Sketch of Single-Incision Laparoscopic Surgery(SILS).- Esophageal Surgery.- Gastrointestinal Surgery.- Colorectal Surgery.- Hepatobiliary Surgery.- Pancreatic Surgery.- Splenic Surgery.- Hernia Surgery.- Breast Surgery: Breast Conserving Radical Mastectomy with Single-Incision Endoscopic Axillary Dissection.- Thyroid Surgery: Single-Port Access Transaxillary Totally Endoscopic Thyroidectomy.- Single-Incision Laparoscopic Multivisceral Resection.- Integrated Multi-subject Surgery.- NOTES: Transvaginal Endoscopic Appendectomy. | This atlas presents an extensive collection of single-incision laparoscopic operations in general surgery performed from 2008 to 2013 in Shengjing Hospital of China Medical University. 2000 operations are reported in it. All the figures in it were collected using real time recordings of the operations which will be particularly interesting to the readers. In each specific surgery, authors provide its key surgical steps, complications and management and contraindication. This atlas is intended for clinical surgeons who can evolve these operations soon after reading about them. Patients will also benefit from this book because of the combination of minimal invasiveness and cosmetic effect of single-incision laparoscopic surgery. | <p>Replete with images and concisely written, brief paragraphs to enhance ease of reading</p><p>Presents a hand-on guide to single-incision laparoscopic operations </p><p>Provides a visual reference for surgeons working with single-incision laparoscopic operations in general surgery</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-37261-2 | Surgery | [NAME] | Yeo-Kyu Youn; [NAME]; June Young Choi | Color Atlas of Thyroid Surgery | Open, Endoscopic and Robotic Procedures |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 90 | Hard cover | Book | XIII, 90 p. 144 illus., 141 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59001 | Surgery | MN |  |  |  | General [NAME] | Professional book | Springer [NAME] | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | I. Surgical Anatomy of the [NAME] Gland.- 1. The [NAME] Gland.- 2. Vasculature of the [NAME] Gland.- 3. Nerves.- 4. Parathyroid glands.- 5. Lymphatic Drainage.- II. Open Thyroidectomy.- 1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Open Thyroidectomy.- 2. Patient Preparation.- 3. Procedures of Open Thyroidectomy.- 4. Postoperative Care.- III. Endoscopic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA).- 1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy.- 2. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications.- 3. Procedures of Endoscopic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach.- 4. Postoperative Care.- 5. Complications and Their Treatment.- 6. Comparison between Open and Endoscopic Thyroidectomy.- IV. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach (BABA).- 1. Basic Equipment and Instruments of Robotic Thyroidectomy.- 2. Advantages and Disadvantages of Robotic Surgery.- 3. Patient Selection: Indications and Contraindications.- 4. Procedures of Robotic Thyroidectomy with Bilateral Axillo-Breast Approach.- 5. Postoperative Care.- 6. Complications and Their Treatment.- 7. Comparison between [NAME] and Robotic Thyroidectomy.- V. Robotic Thyroidectomy: Bilateral Axillo-Postauricular Approach (BAPA).- VI. New Energy Sources In Surgery.​ | This color atlas is a detailed guide on how to perform open, endoscopic, and robotic thyroidectomy techniques safely and effectively. Each chapter offers step-by-step descriptions of essential surgical procedures and techniques. Relevant information is included on surgical anatomy, and clear guidance is provided on preoperative set-up, draping, instrumentation, and complications and their treatment. The description of endoscopic thyroidectomy techniques focuses on the bilateral axillo-breast approach (BABA), while in the case of robotic thyroidectomy both BABA and the bilateral axillo-postauricular approach are described.  In each case, the evidence supporting the technique is carefully examined. In the closing chapter, the role of new energy sources in thyroid surgery is discussed. The lucid text is supported by more than 200 full-color illustrations clarifying surgical anatomy, instrumentation, and procedures, and surgical video clips are also available to readers via a website. This atlas will be invaluable in enabling surgeons to achieve optimal outcomes when performing thyroid surgery. | <p>Step-by-step descriptions of essential surgical procedures and techniques </p><p>Complete guidance on preoperative set-up and draping </p><p>Focus on evidence for each endoscopic and robotic thyroidectomy technique </p><p>Key points highlighted in every chapter </p><p>More than 200 full-color illustrations, plus surgical video clips available via a website    </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-88-470-5333-5 | Surgical Oncology | Ferrari | [NAME]; [NAME]; Sandro Zonta | Nipple Sparing Mastectomy | Minimally Invasive Video-Assisted Technique |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 113 | Hard cover | Book | VII, 113 p. 108 illus., 102 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 109 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | SCH59052 | Minimally Invasive Surgery | MNB | Oncology | Manual | Springer Milan | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1.       History of the Mini Invasive Video Assisted Breast Surgery: From East to West2.       Surgical Anatomy of the Breast: Key Points for Mini Invasive Video Assisted Approach3.       Mini Invasive Video Assisted Breast Surgery: Feasibility and Safety4.       Indication for Mini Invasive Video Assisted Technique5.       [NAME].       Operative Instruments7.       Mini Invasive Video Assisted Mastectomy: Techniques8.       Reconstructive Options9.       [NAME] | This book describes in detail three different techniques for minimally invasive video-assisted breast surgery: nipple-sparing mastectomy with a hand-held external retractor, with a single-port device, and with robotic assistance. All three techniques can be employed for radical treatment of breast cancer or for risk reduction surgery, and the last two are brand new. The techniques are clearly explained with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. All surgical stages are covered in detail, and helpful information is provided on key aspects of surgical anatomy, diagnostic workup, instrumentation, and postoperative management. Nipple Sparing Mastectomy is the first manual to cover these techniques, which are likely to become standard in the field of oncological breast surgery. It will be invaluable for breast surgeons who are skilled in nipple-sparing mastectomy and oncoplastic techniques or are working in breast units that offer genetic counseling to high-risk patients. | <p>First manual on three techniques for minimally invasive video-assisted breast surgery that are likely to become standard </p><p>Clearly explains all aspects of the techniques </p><p>Includes numerous high-quality illustrations </p><p>Additional multimedia resources offer the opportunity to confirm progress in self-learning</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-8062-4 | Surgical Oncology | Francescatti | [NAME]; [NAME] | Breast Cancer | A New Era in Management |  |  | 1 | 2014 | 543 | Hard cover | Book | X, 543 p. 174 illus., 142 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH43016 | Surgical Oncology | MNK | SCH59044 | General [NAME] | MNC | Oncology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  | Risk Assessment.- The impact of mammography screening on the diagnosis and management of early phase breast cancer.- The Sick Lobe Syndrome.- Lobar Ultrasonic Breast Anatomy.- The Surgical Approach to the “Sick Lobe”.- Ultrasound Guided Breast Biopsy Tissue Sampling: Technique  And Breast Ultrasound Characteristics Of Benign And Malignant Lesions.- Role of Stereotaxis in Diagnosis and Treatment of Breast Tumors.- Breast MR for Treatment Planning.- Digital Breast Tomosynthesis.- Interstitial  Laser Therapy (Ilt)  Of  Breast  Tumors.- Cryoablation For Breast Cancer.- RF Therapy.- HiFrequency Ultrasound.- High Risk Lesions.- Ductal Carcinoma In Situ of the Breast.- The Surgical Management of Invasive Breast Cancer.- Surgical Management of the Axilla.- Radiotherapy of the Breast.- Systemic Therapy. | Breast Cancer: A New Era in Management provides a compendium of succinct analysis of the many facets involved in the present day management of the breast cancer patient.  The text provides the clinician or student with basic foundational knowledge in the rapidly expanding areas of expertise that are required for both the diagnosis and treatment of the breast cancer patient.  Each topic, whether diagnostic or therapeutic, is presented in a straightforward fashion incorporating as part of each topic a description of the historical clinical landmarks leading to the present day, their present day position in the care of the breast patient, and finally, an assessment of possible future application and adaptation in clinical practice.  Emphasis is placed on clear and concise explanations of each topic presented in stepwise fashion from fundamental elements to the more complex. Breast Cancer: A New Era in Management will act as a ready reference for the practicing surgeon and students seeking practical information on a particular clinical topic or scenario. | <p>Provides a list of landmark articles appended to each chapter</p><p>Clear and concise explanations in a stepwise fashion</p><p>Written by leaders in their respective fields</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38102-7 | Surgical Orthopedics | Pederzini | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 127 | Soft cover | Book | XI, 127 p. 69 illus., 61 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-05-16 00:00:00 |  | Introduction.- Anatomy and portals.- Arthroscopic Technique.- OCD and loose bodies.- Elbow arthroscopy in stiff elbow.- Epicondilitis.- Comparison between open and arthroscopic technique in stiff elbow.- Elbow arthroscopy and instability.- Endoscopy around the elbow.- [NAME] arthroscopy in elbow fracture.- Elbow arthroscopy complications.- Elbow arthroscopy in the future. ​ | This book, which derives from an initiative of the Education Committee of The International Society of Arthroscopy, [NAME] and Orthopaedic Sports Medicine (ISAKOS), addresses all aspects of elbow arthroscopy. Anatomy is thoroughly introduced, referencing safe portals and describing techniques to minimize risk of complications. Subsequent chapters focus on the use of arthroscopy in a range of conditions, including osteochondritis dissecans, stiff elbow, epicondylitis, elbow instability, and elbow fractures. Guidance is provided on diagnosis and indications for arthroscopy, and arthroscopic technique is clearly detailed. A key chapter describes complications and how to avoid them. The authors are experts and pioneers in the field from North America, Australia, and Europe who have in common the ability to teach complex procedures in a simple way. This book will be an invaluable aid for the developing surgeon and an excellent reference for the experienced surgeon.​ | <p>Covers both the basic techniques and the more advanced aspects of elbow arthroscopy   </p><p>Describes the performance and role of arthroscopy in a range of conditions   </p><p>Identifies potential complications and how to avoid them  </p><p>Written by pioneers and experts in the field  Published in cooperation with ISAKOS​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38099-0 | Surgical Orthopedics | Brockmeier | [NAME]; [NAME]; [NAME] | Surgery of Shoulder Instability |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 140 | Soft cover | Book | VII, 140 p. 56 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-05-16 00:00:00 |  | Surgical Management of the First-time Dislocator.- Management of Shoulder Instability in the Collision Athlete.- Arthroscopic Bony Bankart Repair / Stabilization.- Latarjet/Bristow: Indications, Techniques, & Outcomes- Arthroscopic Coracoid Transfer.- Osteochondral Allograft for Glenoid Bone Loss.- Hill-Sachs Remplissage.- Surgical Management of Posterior Shoulder Instability.- Management of SLAP Lesions, Where we are in 2013. ​ | This booklet is intended as an insighful update on the surgery of Shoulder Instability closely based on the content of closed consensus meetings of the International Society of Arthroscopy, [NAME] and Orthopaedic Sports Medicine (ISAKOS) Upper Extremity Committee (UEC). | <p>Published in cooperation with ISAKOS</p><p>Based on consensus among worldwide experts at ISAKOS Upper Extremity Committee meetings</p><p>Describes techniques for Surgeries of Shoulder Instabilities</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-7091-1534-3 | Surgical Orthopedics | Shapiro | [NAME]; Makarand V. Risbud | The Intervertebral Disc | Molecular and Structural Studies of the Disc in Health and Disease |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 432 | Hard cover | Book | X, 432 p. 130 illus., 42 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 209 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH39000 | Neurosurgery | MNN | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer Vienna | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Biomechanical and Molecular Studies of the Intervertebral Disc: Introduction to the Structure, Function and Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrae and the Intervertebral Disc.- The Intervertebral Disc: Overview of Disc Mechanics.- Development of the Intervertebral Disc.- Proteoglycans of the Intervertebral Disc.- Collagen and Other Proteins of the Nucleus Pulposus, [NAME] and Cartilage Endplates.- Microenvironmental Regulation of Cell Function and Extracellular Matrix Synthesis by Disc Cells.- The Effects of Mechanical Forces on Nucleus and Annulus Cells.- The Role of the ADAMTS Proteins in the Intervertebral Disc.- Intervertebral Disc Disease: Pathogenesis and Current Treatment Modalities: Epidemiology of [NAME] Degeneration.- Genetic Basis of Intervertebral Disc Degeneration.- Pathogenesis of Intervertebral Disc Degeneration.- Imaging Modalities for Studying Disc Pathology.- Surgical Indications for Lumbar Degenerative Disease.- Spinal Motion Restoration Devices for the Degenerate Disc.- The Non-Surgical Treatment of Back Pain.- Back Pain and Disc Degeneration: Are They Linked?- Clinical Features and Pathobiology of Chordoma.- Models of Disc Disease and Biological Regeneration: Large Animal Models of Disc Degeneration.- Intervertebral Disc Herniation.- The Sand Rat (Psammomys obesus obesus) Model of Spontaneous, Age-Related Intervertebral Disc Generation.- Use of Knockout and Transgenic Mouse Models in Disc Research.- Intervertebral Disc Culture Models and Their Applications to Study Pathogenesis and Repair.- Use of Stem Cells to Regenerate the Disc.- [NAME] for Disc Regeneration.- Enhancing Disc Repair by Growth Factors and Other Modalities.- Tissue Engineering of the Disc. | The intervertebral disc is a complex structure that separates opposing vertebrae, permits a wide range of motion, and accommodates high biomechanical forces. Disc degeneration leads to a loss of function and is often associated with excruciating pain.Written by leading scientists and clinicians,  the first part of the book provides a review of the basic biology of the disc in health and disease. The second part considers strategies to mitigate the effects of disc degeneration and discusses the possibility of engineering replacement tissues. The final section is devoted to approaches to model normal development and elucidate the pathogenesis of degenerative disc disease using animal, organ and cell culture techniques.  The book bridges the gap between the basic and clinical sciences; the target audience includes basic scientists, orthopaedists and neurologists, while at the same time appealing to the needs of  graduate students, medical students, interns and fellows. | <p>Comprehensive approach to recent research results on disc de- and regeneration </p><p>Numerous 4c illustrations </p><p>Contributions of international authors</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7927-7 | Surgical Orthopedics | Springer | [NAME]; [NAME] | Periprosthetic Joint Infection of the Hip and [NAME] |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 288 | Hard cover | Book | XII, 288 p. 54 illus., 41 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 189 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH58005 | Sports Medicine | MMS | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-08-31 00:00:00 |  |  | Epidemiology of Total Hip and [NAME] for Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Prevention of Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Medical Optimalization of Patients Prior to Surgery.- Diagnosis of Periprosthetic Joint Infection: An Algorithmic Approach to Patients.- Intraoperative Tests to Aid in Diagnosis of Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Biofilm-Related Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Microbiology of Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Antibiotics in Treatment of Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- PMMA and Antimicrobial Delivery.- Prosthetic Retention: Treatment Options.- Single-Stage Exchange for Treatment of Periprosthetic Joint Infection.- Two-Stage Exchange Hip Arthroplasty: Static Spacers.- Two-Stage Exchange Hip Arthroplasty: Articulating Spacers.- Two-Stage Exchange Knee Arthroplasty: Static Spacers.- Two-Stage Exchange Knee Arthroplasty: Articulating Spacers.- Knee Arthrodesis.- Resection Arthroplasty and Hip Joint Fusion.- Above-Knee Amputation.- Post-Operative Management of Periprosthetic Joint Infection. | Periprosthetic Joint Infection of the Hip and [NAME] is a practical reference for the diagnosis and treatment of total joint infections following hip and knee arthroplasty. In addition to useful chapters presenting common tests and algorithms used for diagnosis, the book gives background on the epidemiology, risk factors, and prevention strategies of periprosthetic joint infection. Additionally, practical clinical information is given, including antibiotic treatment strategies and delivery methods and medical optimization techniques for physicians to follow for patient care and follow-up. Covering a topic that is currently underrepresented in the medical literature, Periprosthetic Joint Infection of the Hip and [NAME] will be useful to orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, and other physicians involved in the care of patients with hip and knee prosthetic implants. | <p>A practical reference for the diagnosis and treatment of total joint infections following hip and knee arthroplasty</p><p>Provides background on epidemiology, risk factors, and prevention strategies</p><p>Includes antibiotic treatment strategies, delivery methods and medical optimization techniques for patient care and follow-up</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-3-642-38105-8 | Surgical Orthopedics | Verdonk | René Verdonk; [NAME]; [NAME] | Meniscal Transplantation |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 119 | Soft cover | Book | VIII, 119 p. 39 illus., 34 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH45027 | Surgical Orthopedics | MNS | SCH59125 | Traumatic Surgery | MNL | Orthopedics, Surgical Orthopedics & Sports Medicine | Contributed volume | Springer [NAME] | Available | 2013-06-30 00:00:00 | 2013-05-16 00:00:00 |  | Meniscal Allografts: Introduction.- The Meniscus :Basic science.- Organisation / Type of Grafts / Conservation / Regulation.- Surgical Techniques.- Arthroscopic Technique with bone plugs.- Results and Indications. Meniscal Substitutes: [NAME] (CMI).- Basic Science Synthesis. The Future: Future trends in the treatment of meniscus lesions: From repair to regeneration. Conclusion.​ | Meniscal transplantation has become an attractive option in selected patients with incapacitating knee pain. This book discusses all aspects of meniscal transplantation, covering the use of both allografts and meniscal substitutes, including collagen and polyurethane implants. Acknowledged experts in the field review the basic science, explain indications, and describe surgical techniques and the results achieved to date. All the material is up to date, with information on new implants, new techniques, and new surgical approaches. Future trends in the treatment of meniscal lesions are also discussed as we move towards the application of regenerative strategies to restore meniscus function. ​ | <p>New techniques</p><p>New implants</p><p>New surgical approaches</p><p>Published in cooperation with ISAKOS​</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4614-7707-5 | Urology / Andrology | Brandes | [NAME]; [NAME] | Advanced Male Urethral and Genital Reconstructive Surgery |  | Current Clinical Urology |  | 2 | 2013 | 780 | Hard cover | Book | XXIV, 780 p. 606 illus., 438 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 279 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS |  |  |  | Urology | Contributed volume | Springer New York | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | General Technical Considerations, Instrumentation and Decision Making in Urethroplasty Surgery.- Male Urethra and External Genitalia.- Vascular Anatomy of Genital Skin and the Urethra: Implications for Urethral Reconstruction.- [NAME] of the Male Urethra.- Practical Plastic Surgery: Techniques for the Reconstructive Urologist.- The Epidemiology, Clinical Presentation and Economic Burden of Urethral Stricture.- Etiology, Histology, and Classification of Urethral Stricture Disease.- Urethrotomy and other Minimally Invasive Interventions for Urethral Stricture.- Endourethral Prostheses for Urethral Stricture.- [NAME] and Meatal Reconstruction.- Stricture Excision and Primary Anastomosis for Anterior Urethral Strictures.- Oral Mucosal Graft Urethroplasty.- Lingual Grafts.- The Augmented Anastomotic Urethroplasty.- Penile Skin Flaps for Urethral Reconstruction.- Panurethral Strictures.- The Application of Muscular, Myocutaneous, and Fasciocutaneous Flaps as Adjuncts in Complex Refractory Urethral Disorders.- Posterior Urethral Strictures.- Staged Urethroplasty.- Complications of  Urethroplasty.- [NAME] induced Urethral Strictures: Urethroplasty and Minimally Invasive Methods.- Complex Urinary Fistulas of the Posterior Urethra and Bladder.- Reconstruction of Failed Urethroplasty.- Urethral Stent Complications and Methods for Explantation.- [NAME] and Management of Complications.- Follow-up Strategies after Urethral Stricture Treatment.- Urethral Rest as Precursor for Urethroplasty.- The Use of Patient Reported Outcome Measures in Men with Urethral Stricture Disease.- Reconstruction of Synchrous Urethral Strictures.- Perineal Urethrostomy.- Double Overlapping Buccal Grafts.- Reconstruction and Salvage of Failed Male Urethral Slings.- Primary and Secondary Reconstruction of  the Neophallus Urethra.- Artificial Urinary Sphincters: Reoperative Techniques and Management of Complications.- Pediatric Urethral Strictures.- The Buried Penis in Adults.- Genital Skin Loss and Scrotal Reconstruction.- [NAME] for Priapism.- Penile Skin Grafting and Resurfacing of the Glans.- Peyronie's Disease Reconstruction: Simple and Complex.- New Advances in Penile Implant Surgery.- Penile Fracture.- Muscle, Nerve and Vascular Sparing Techniques in Anterior Urethroplasty.- Tissue Engineering of the Urethra: The Basics, Current Concept, and the Future.- Non-transecting bulbar urethroplasty.- Vascular Surgery For Erectile Dysfunction.- Penile and Inguinal Reconstruction and Tissue Preservation for Penile Cancer.- Post Prostatectomy Incontinence (evaluation and practical urodynamics). | Since the publication of the first edition of Urethral [NAME], important refinements have been added to the urologic surgical armamentarium. Extensively revised and updated, Advanced Male Urethral and [NAME], Second Edition guides urologists in a practical manner on how to evaluate and manage complex urethral and male genital reconstructive challenges. Chapters have been added on wound healing, synchronous urethral strictures, non-transecting anastomotic urethroplasty (including muscle and vessel sparing), overlapping buccal grafts, male urethral slings, genital skin grafting, [NAME]’s surgery, priapism, pediatric strictures, and prosthetics. Such chapters greatly strengthen the overall appeal of the book. The volume closes with a new comprehensive appendix of preferred instruments.With broad contributions by international authorities in reconstructive urologic surgery, Advanced Male Urethral and [NAME], Second Edition is a valuable resource for all urologists, from residents to reconstructive surgeons. | <p>Extensively revised and updated new edition</p><p>Chapters are written by world authorities in urethral surgery</p><p>Evaluates complex problems in male genital reconstruction and prosthetics</p><p>Comprehensive review of urethral reconstructive surgery  </p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-84882-096-8 | Urology / Andrology | [NAME] | [NAME] | Clinical Imaging of the Prostate |  |  |  | 1 | 2014 |  | Soft cover | Book | Approx. 305 p. 120 illus., 60 illus. in color. | 0 | approx. | 99.5 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH62002 | Urology/Andrology | MJS | SCH29005 | Imaging / Radiology | MMPH | Medicine, General | Professional book | Springer London | Planned | 2013-09-30 00:00:00 |  |  |  | Prostate imaging plays an increasing role in the work-up of patients presenting with prostate cancer, and although now several books have been published on prostate imaging, most of them only deal with trans-rectal ultrasound (TRUS). Prostate MR Imaging is usually covered in textbooks in the sections on abdominal or even full-body MRI. This book aims to evacuate the MR session and provide practical clinical data on treatment options. |  | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine
 | 978-1-4471-5181-4 | Vascular Surgery | Chabrot | [NAME]; [NAME] | Embolization |  |  |  | 1 | 2013 | 453 | Hard cover | Book | XVII, 453 p. 123 illus., 9 illus. in color. | 0 | final | 139 | Medicine & Public Health | SCH59133 | Vascular Surgery | MNJ | SCH29021 | Interventional Radiology | MMPH | Surgery | Professional book | Springer London | In production | 2013-07-31 00:00:00 |  |  | 1. The Tool Box: Catheterization  Devices and Embolization Agents.- 2. Vascular Occlusions and Parenchymal Embolizations: Principles.- 3. Hemorrhages of the ENT Area.- 4. Massive Hemoptysis: Radiological Management.- 5. Embolization of the Pulmonary Artery.- 6. Hepatic Artery Embolization.- 7. Chemoembolizations and Hepatic Intra Arterial Chemotherapies.- 8. Portal Vein Embolization.- 9. Splenic Arterial Embolization.- 10. Gastro Intestinal Tract Arterial Haemorrhages.- 11. True and false Aneurysms of Visceral and Renal Arteries.- 12. [NAME]: Aneurysms, Occlusions Before Stent-Grafting.- 13. Renal Arterial Embolizations.- 14. Anticoagulant Related Hematomas.- 15. Embolization of Varicoceles.- 16. Embolization of the Internal Pudendal Arteries for High Flow Priapism.- 17. Embolization of Endoleaks Ater Endovascular Abdominal Aortic Aneurysms Repair (EVAR).- 18. Post Partum Haemorrhages.- 19. Uterine Fibroid Embolization (UFE).- 20. [NAME]-Perineal Venous Insufficiency.- 21. Embolizations of Abdominal and Pelvic Traumas.-  22. Traumatisms of the Limbs.- 23. Management of Vascular Malformations.- 24. Miscellaneous/Marginal/Evolving Indications (Other Abdomino-Pelvic Tumors, Portal Hypertension Related Varicose Veins, Osteoarticular Pathologies) | As minimally invasive therapies, endovascular embolization and chemo-embolization are now the first-choice palliative or curative therapeutic alternatives in oncology, traumatology, functional pathology, treatment of benign tumors, and management of post operative complications. This book is a handy pocket guide for trainee vascular radiologists, and serves as an aide-memoire for senior vascular radiologists. Each procedure is shown in its entirety and also discusses expected outcomes.The first part of the book covers the materials and techniques used; the second part deals with the general physiopathological principles of embolization; and the third part analyses the main anatomo-clinical situations and strategies.This book is a handy and accessible guide for quick reference aimed at clinical interventional radiologists in multidisciplinary staff rooms and angiography suites. | <p>Provides classification of the different embolization materials </p><p>Didactic presentation, with key images for the diagnosis, tricky technical details, and principal results </p><p>Compares embolization to other therapeutic options</p> | Professionals | Medical (6) | 0 | EBOP11650 | Medicine